1 //===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
16 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
17 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/SemaFixItUtils.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
41 using namespace clang;
44 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, without
45 /// emitting diagnostics.
46 bool Sema::CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
47 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
48 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D))
51 // See if this is a deleted function.
52 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
59 static AvailabilityResult DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(Sema &S,
60 NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
61 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass) {
62 // See if this declaration is unavailable or deprecated.
64 AvailabilityResult Result = D->getAvailability(&Message);
67 case AR_NotYetIntroduced:
71 S.EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Message, Loc, UnknownObjCClass);
75 if (S.getCurContextAvailability() != AR_Unavailable) {
76 if (Message.empty()) {
77 if (!UnknownObjCClass)
78 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
80 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable_fwdclass_message)
84 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unavailable_message)
85 << D->getDeclName() << Message;
86 S.Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here)
87 << isa<FunctionDecl>(D) << false;
94 /// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
95 /// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
97 /// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
98 /// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
99 /// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
100 /// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
101 /// function is being used.
103 /// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
104 /// referenced), false otherwise.
106 bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
107 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass) {
108 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
109 // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction,
111 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >::iterator
112 Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl());
113 if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) {
114 SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Suppressed = Pos->second;
115 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Suppressed.size(); I != N; ++I)
116 Diag(Suppressed[I].first, Suppressed[I].second);
118 // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit
119 // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this
120 // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these
121 // diagnostics again.
126 // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
127 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
128 Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
133 // See if this is a deleted function.
134 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
135 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
136 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
137 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 1 << true;
141 AvailabilityResult Result =
142 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(*this, D, Loc, UnknownObjCClass);
144 // Warn if this is used but marked unused.
145 if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
146 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D->getDeclName();
147 // For available enumerator, it will become unavailable/deprecated
148 // if its enum declaration is as such.
149 if (Result == AR_Available)
150 if (const EnumConstantDecl *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D)) {
151 const DeclContext *DC = ECD->getDeclContext();
152 if (const EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(DC))
153 DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(*this,
154 const_cast< EnumDecl *>(TheEnumDecl),
155 Loc, UnknownObjCClass);
160 /// \brief Retrieve the message suffix that should be added to a
161 /// diagnostic complaining about the given function being deleted or
163 std::string Sema::getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
164 // FIXME: C++0x implicitly-deleted special member functions could be
165 // detected here so that we could improve diagnostics to say, e.g.,
166 // "base class 'A' had a deleted copy constructor".
168 return std::string();
171 if (FD->getAvailability(&Message))
172 return ": " + Message;
174 return std::string();
177 /// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks whether a call or
178 /// message-send is to a declaration with the sentinel attribute, and
179 /// if so, it checks that the requirements of the sentinel are
181 void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
182 Expr **args, unsigned numArgs) {
183 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
187 // The number of formal parameters of the declaration.
188 unsigned numFormalParams;
190 // The kind of declaration. This is also an index into a %select in
192 enum CalleeType { CT_Function, CT_Method, CT_Block } calleeType;
194 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
195 numFormalParams = MD->param_size();
196 calleeType = CT_Method;
197 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
198 numFormalParams = FD->param_size();
199 calleeType = CT_Function;
200 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(D)) {
201 QualType type = cast<ValueDecl>(D)->getType();
202 const FunctionType *fn = 0;
203 if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
204 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
206 calleeType = CT_Function;
207 } else if (const BlockPointerType *ptr = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
208 fn = ptr->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
209 calleeType = CT_Block;
214 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fn)) {
215 numFormalParams = proto->getNumArgs();
223 // "nullPos" is the number of formal parameters at the end which
224 // effectively count as part of the variadic arguments. This is
225 // useful if you would prefer to not have *any* formal parameters,
226 // but the language forces you to have at least one.
227 unsigned nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
228 assert((nullPos == 0 || nullPos == 1) && "invalid null position on sentinel");
229 numFormalParams = (nullPos > numFormalParams ? 0 : numFormalParams - nullPos);
231 // The number of arguments which should follow the sentinel.
232 unsigned numArgsAfterSentinel = attr->getSentinel();
234 // If there aren't enough arguments for all the formal parameters,
235 // the sentinel, and the args after the sentinel, complain.
236 if (numArgs < numFormalParams + numArgsAfterSentinel + 1) {
237 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
238 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << calleeType;
242 // Otherwise, find the sentinel expression.
243 Expr *sentinelExpr = args[numArgs - numArgsAfterSentinel - 1];
244 if (!sentinelExpr) return;
245 if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return;
247 // nullptr_t is always treated as null.
248 if (sentinelExpr->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return;
250 if (sentinelExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
251 sentinelExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
252 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
255 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'.
256 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr)) return;
258 // Pick a reasonable string to insert. Optimistically use 'nil' or
259 // 'NULL' if those are actually defined in the context. Only use
260 // 'nil' for ObjC methods, where it's much more likely that the
261 // variadic arguments form a list of object pointers.
262 SourceLocation MissingNilLoc
263 = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(sentinelExpr->getLocEnd());
264 std::string NullValue;
265 if (calleeType == CT_Method &&
266 PP.getIdentifierInfo("nil")->hasMacroDefinition())
268 else if (PP.getIdentifierInfo("NULL")->hasMacroDefinition())
271 NullValue = "(void*) 0";
273 if (MissingNilLoc.isInvalid())
274 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << calleeType;
276 Diag(MissingNilLoc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel)
278 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(MissingNilLoc, ", " + NullValue);
279 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << calleeType;
282 SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(Expr *E) const {
283 return E ? E->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
286 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
287 // Standard Promotions and Conversions
288 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
290 /// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
291 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E) {
292 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
293 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
294 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
295 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
299 QualType Ty = E->getType();
300 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
302 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
303 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
304 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).take();
305 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
306 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
307 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
308 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
309 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
310 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
311 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
314 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
315 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
317 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue())
318 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
319 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take();
324 static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
325 // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer. If so,
326 // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the
327 // optimizer will delete, so warn about it. People sometimes try to use this
328 // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior. This
329 // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check.
330 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
331 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref &&
332 UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->
333 isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
334 !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
335 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
336 S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null)
337 << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange());
338 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
339 S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null));
343 ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
344 // Handle any placeholder expressions which made it here.
345 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
346 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
347 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
351 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
352 // A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be
353 // converted to a prvalue.
354 if (!E->isGLValue()) return Owned(E);
356 QualType T = E->getType();
357 assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?");
359 // We can't do lvalue-to-rvalue on atomics yet.
360 if (T->getAs<AtomicType>())
363 // Create a load out of an ObjCProperty l-value, if necessary.
364 if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
365 ExprResult Res = ConvertPropertyForRValue(E);
373 // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of
374 // expressions of certain types in C++.
375 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
376 (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ||
377 T->isDependentType() ||
381 // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and
382 // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why. It's
383 // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo
384 // lvalue-to-rvalue at all. Note that expressions of unqualified
385 // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be.
389 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E);
391 // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
392 // [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the
393 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
397 // If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
398 // version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
399 // type of the lvalue.
400 if (T.hasQualifiers())
401 T = T.getUnqualifiedType();
403 ExprResult Res = Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_LValueToRValue,
409 ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
410 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
413 Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.take());
420 /// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
421 /// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
422 /// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
423 /// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
424 /// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
425 ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
426 // First, convert to an r-value.
427 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
432 QualType Ty = E->getType();
433 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
435 // Half FP is a bit different: it's a storage-only type, meaning that any
436 // "use" of it should be promoted to float.
437 if (Ty->isHalfType())
438 return ImpCastExprToType(Res.take(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast);
440 // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically
442 if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
445 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
446 // unsigned int may be used:
447 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
448 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
450 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
452 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
453 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
454 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
455 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
457 QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E);
459 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
462 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
463 QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
464 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).take();
471 /// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
472 /// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
473 /// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
474 ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) {
475 QualType Ty = E->getType();
476 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
478 ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
483 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
484 if (Ty->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
485 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
487 // C++ performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion as a default argument
488 // promotion, even on class types, but note:
489 // C++11 [conv.lval]p2:
490 // When an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion occurs in an unevaluated
491 // operand or a subexpression thereof the value contained in the
492 // referenced object is not accessed. Otherwise, if the glvalue
493 // has a class type, the conversion copy-initializes a temporary
494 // of type T from the glvalue and the result of the conversion
495 // is a prvalue for the temporary.
496 // FIXME: add some way to gate this entire thing for correctness in
497 // potentially potentially evaluated contexts.
498 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && E->isGLValue() &&
499 ExprEvalContexts.back().Context != Unevaluated) {
500 ExprResult Temp = PerformCopyInitialization(
501 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(E->getType()),
504 if (Temp.isInvalid())
512 /// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
513 /// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
514 /// interfaces passed by value.
515 ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
516 FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
517 ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
518 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
521 ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E);
522 if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
526 // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg.
527 if (E->getType()->isObjCObjectType() &&
528 DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), 0,
529 PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
530 << E->getType() << CT))
533 // Complain about passing non-POD types through varargs. However, don't
534 // perform this check for incomplete types, which we can get here when we're
535 // in an unevaluated context.
536 if (!E->getType()->isIncompleteType() && !E->getType().isPODType(Context)) {
537 // C++0x [expr.call]p7:
538 // Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9)
539 // having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor,
540 // or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter,
541 // is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics.
542 bool TrivialEnough = false;
543 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
544 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = E->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
545 if (Record->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
546 Record->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
547 Record->hasTrivialDestructor())
548 TrivialEnough = true;
552 if (!TrivialEnough &&
553 getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
554 E->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType())
555 TrivialEnough = true;
558 // Nothing to diagnose. This is okay.
559 } else if (DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), 0,
560 PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
561 << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x << E->getType()
563 // Turn this into a trap.
566 Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"),
568 ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, Name, true, false);
569 if (TrapFn.isInvalid())
572 ExprResult Call = ActOnCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(), E->getLocStart(),
573 MultiExprArg(), E->getLocEnd());
574 if (Call.isInvalid())
577 ExprResult Comma = ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getLocStart(), tok::comma,
579 if (Comma.isInvalid())
588 /// \brief Converts an integer to complex float type. Helper function of
589 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
591 /// \return false if the integer expression is an integer type and is
592 /// successfully converted to the complex type.
593 static bool handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &IntExpr,
594 ExprResult &ComplexExpr,
598 if (IntTy->isComplexType() || IntTy->isRealFloatingType()) return true;
599 if (SkipCast) return false;
600 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
601 QualType fpTy = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType();
602 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), fpTy, CK_IntegralToFloating);
603 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), ComplexTy,
604 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
606 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
607 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), ComplexTy,
608 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
613 /// \brief Takes two complex float types and converts them to the same type.
614 /// Helper function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
616 handleComplexFloatToComplexFloatConverstion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
617 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
620 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
623 // _Complex float -> _Complex double
625 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
629 // _Complex float -> _Complex double
630 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
634 /// \brief Converts otherExpr to complex float and promotes complexExpr if
635 /// necessary. Helper function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
636 static QualType handleOtherComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S,
637 ExprResult &ComplexExpr,
638 ExprResult &OtherExpr,
641 bool ConvertComplexExpr,
642 bool ConvertOtherExpr) {
643 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(ComplexTy, OtherTy);
645 // If just the complexExpr is complex, the otherExpr needs to be converted,
646 // and the complexExpr might need to be promoted.
647 if (order > 0) { // complexExpr is wider
648 // float -> _Complex double
649 if (ConvertOtherExpr) {
650 QualType fp = cast<ComplexType>(ComplexTy)->getElementType();
651 OtherExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr.take(), fp, CK_FloatingCast);
652 OtherExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr.take(), ComplexTy,
653 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
658 // otherTy is at least as wide. Find its corresponding complex type.
659 QualType result = (order == 0 ? ComplexTy :
660 S.Context.getComplexType(OtherTy));
662 // double -> _Complex double
663 if (ConvertOtherExpr)
664 OtherExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(OtherExpr.take(), result,
665 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
667 // _Complex float -> _Complex double
668 if (ConvertComplexExpr && order < 0)
669 ComplexExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(ComplexExpr.take(), result,
670 CK_FloatingComplexCast);
675 /// \brief Handle arithmetic conversion with complex types. Helper function of
676 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
677 static QualType handleComplexFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
678 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
681 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
682 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
685 if (!handleIntegerToComplexFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
686 /*skipCast*/IsCompAssign))
689 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
690 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
691 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
692 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
693 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
694 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
695 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
696 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
697 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
698 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
700 bool LHSComplexFloat = LHSType->isComplexType();
701 bool RHSComplexFloat = RHSType->isComplexType();
703 // If both are complex, just cast to the more precise type.
704 if (LHSComplexFloat && RHSComplexFloat)
705 return handleComplexFloatToComplexFloatConverstion(S, LHS, RHS,
709 // If only one operand is complex, promote it if necessary and convert the
710 // other operand to complex.
712 return handleOtherComplexFloatConversion(
713 S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType, /*convertComplexExpr*/!IsCompAssign,
714 /*convertOtherExpr*/ true);
716 assert(RHSComplexFloat);
717 return handleOtherComplexFloatConversion(
718 S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType, /*convertComplexExpr*/true,
719 /*convertOtherExpr*/ !IsCompAssign);
722 /// \brief Hande arithmetic conversion from integer to float. Helper function
723 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
724 static QualType handleIntToFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &FloatExpr,
726 QualType FloatTy, QualType IntTy,
727 bool ConvertFloat, bool ConvertInt) {
728 if (IntTy->isIntegerType()) {
730 // Convert intExpr to the lhs floating point type.
731 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), FloatTy,
732 CK_IntegralToFloating);
736 // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float.
737 assert(IntTy->isComplexIntegerType());
738 QualType result = S.Context.getComplexType(FloatTy);
740 // _Complex int -> _Complex float
742 IntExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(IntExpr.take(), result,
743 CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
745 // float -> _Complex float
747 FloatExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(FloatExpr.take(), result,
748 CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
753 /// \brief Handle arithmethic conversion with floating point types. Helper
754 /// function of UsualArithmeticConversions()
755 static QualType handleFloatConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
756 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
757 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
758 bool LHSFloat = LHSType->isRealFloatingType();
759 bool RHSFloat = RHSType->isRealFloatingType();
761 // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand
762 // to the bigger result.
763 if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) {
764 int order = S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
766 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
770 assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
772 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_FloatingCast);
777 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
778 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign,
779 /*convertInt=*/ true);
781 return handleIntToFloatConversion(S, RHS, LHS, RHSType, LHSType,
782 /*convertInt=*/ true,
783 /*convertFloat=*/!IsCompAssign);
786 /// \brief Handle conversions with GCC complex int extension. Helper function
787 /// of UsualArithmeticConversions()
788 // FIXME: if the operands are (int, _Complex long), we currently
789 // don't promote the complex. Also, signedness?
790 static QualType handleComplexIntConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
791 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
794 const ComplexType *LHSComplexInt = LHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
795 const ComplexType *RHSComplexInt = RHSType->getAsComplexIntegerType();
797 if (LHSComplexInt && RHSComplexInt) {
798 int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSComplexInt->getElementType(),
799 RHSComplexInt->getElementType());
800 assert(order && "inequal types with equal element ordering");
802 // _Complex int -> _Complex long
803 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_IntegralComplexCast);
808 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_IntegralComplexCast);
813 // int -> _Complex int
814 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
818 assert(RHSComplexInt);
819 // int -> _Complex int
821 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
825 /// \brief Handle integer arithmetic conversions. Helper function of
826 /// UsualArithmeticConversions()
827 static QualType handleIntegerConversion(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
828 ExprResult &RHS, QualType LHSType,
829 QualType RHSType, bool IsCompAssign) {
830 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
831 int order = S.Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(LHSType, RHSType);
832 bool LHSSigned = LHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
833 bool RHSSigned = RHSType->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
834 if (LHSSigned == RHSSigned) {
835 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
837 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
839 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
840 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
842 } else if (order != (LHSSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
843 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
844 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
846 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
848 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
849 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
851 } else if (S.Context.getIntWidth(LHSType) != S.Context.getIntWidth(RHSType)) {
852 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
853 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
854 // use the signed type.
856 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
858 } else if (!IsCompAssign)
859 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
862 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
863 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
864 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
865 // to the signed type.
867 S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(LHSSigned ? LHSType : RHSType);
868 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), result, CK_IntegralCast);
870 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), result, CK_IntegralCast);
875 /// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
876 /// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
877 /// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
878 /// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
879 /// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
881 QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
884 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take());
889 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take());
893 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
894 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
896 Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
898 Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
900 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
901 if (LHSType == RHSType)
904 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
905 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
906 if (!LHSType->isArithmeticType() || !RHSType->isArithmeticType())
909 // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type.
910 QualType LHSUnpromotedType = LHSType;
911 if (LHSType->isPromotableIntegerType())
912 LHSType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSType);
913 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
914 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
915 LHSType = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
916 if (LHSType != LHSUnpromotedType && !IsCompAssign)
917 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), LHSType, CK_IntegralCast);
919 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
920 if (LHSType == RHSType)
923 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
925 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
926 if (LHSType->isComplexType() || RHSType->isComplexType())
927 return handleComplexFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
930 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
931 if (LHSType->isRealFloatingType() || RHSType->isRealFloatingType())
932 return handleFloatConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
935 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
936 if (LHSType->isComplexIntegerType() || RHSType->isComplexIntegerType())
937 return handleComplexIntConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
940 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
941 return handleIntegerConversion(*this, LHS, RHS, LHSType, RHSType,
945 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
946 // Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
947 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
951 Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
952 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
953 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
954 Expr *ControllingExpr,
955 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes,
956 MultiExprArg ArgExprs) {
957 unsigned NumAssocs = ArgTypes.size();
958 assert(NumAssocs == ArgExprs.size());
960 ParsedType *ParsedTypes = ArgTypes.release();
961 Expr **Exprs = ArgExprs.release();
963 TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs];
964 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
966 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedTypes[i], &Types[i]);
971 ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr(KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
972 ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs,
979 Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
980 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
981 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
982 Expr *ControllingExpr,
983 TypeSourceInfo **Types,
985 unsigned NumAssocs) {
986 bool TypeErrorFound = false,
987 IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent(),
988 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack
989 = ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack();
991 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
992 if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
993 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
996 if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
997 ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;
999 if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
1000 IsResultDependent = true;
1002 // C1X 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a
1003 // complete object type other than a variably modified type."
1005 if (Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
1006 D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete;
1007 else if (!Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType())
1008 D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject;
1009 else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
1010 D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified;
1013 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D)
1014 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1015 << Types[i]->getType();
1016 TypeErrorFound = true;
1019 // C1X 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic
1020 // selection shall specify compatible types."
1021 for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j)
1022 if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() &&
1023 Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(),
1024 Types[j]->getType())) {
1025 Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1026 diag::err_assoc_compatible_types)
1027 << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1028 << Types[j]->getType()
1029 << Types[i]->getType();
1030 Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1031 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1032 << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1033 << Types[i]->getType();
1034 TypeErrorFound = true;
1042 // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't
1043 // try to compute the result expression.
1044 if (IsResultDependent)
1045 return Owned(new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1046 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr,
1047 Types, Exprs, NumAssocs, DefaultLoc,
1048 RParenLoc, ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack));
1050 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices;
1051 unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U;
1052 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
1055 else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(ControllingExpr->getType(),
1056 Types[i]->getType()))
1057 CompatIndices.push_back(i);
1060 // C1X 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have
1061 // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic
1062 // association list."
1063 if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) {
1064 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1065 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1066 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1067 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match)
1068 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType()
1069 << (unsigned) CompatIndices.size();
1070 for (SmallVector<unsigned, 1>::iterator I = CompatIndices.begin(),
1071 E = CompatIndices.end(); I != E; ++I) {
1072 Diag(Types[*I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1073 diag::note_compat_assoc)
1074 << Types[*I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
1075 << Types[*I]->getType();
1080 // C1X 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association,
1081 // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of
1082 // the types named in its generic association list."
1083 if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) {
1084 // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
1085 // parenthesized in macro definitions.
1086 ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
1087 Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match)
1088 << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType();
1092 // C1X 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a
1093 // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression,
1094 // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression
1095 // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the
1096 // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association."
1097 unsigned ResultIndex =
1098 CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex;
1100 return Owned(new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
1101 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr,
1102 Types, Exprs, NumAssocs, DefaultLoc,
1103 RParenLoc, ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
1107 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
1108 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
1109 /// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
1110 /// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
1114 Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
1115 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
1117 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
1118 if (Literal.hadError)
1121 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
1122 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
1123 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
1125 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
1126 if (Literal.isWide())
1127 StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
1128 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
1129 StrTy = Context.Char16Ty;
1130 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
1131 StrTy = Context.Char32Ty;
1132 else if (Literal.Pascal)
1133 StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
1135 StringLiteral::StringKind Kind = StringLiteral::Ascii;
1136 if (Literal.isWide())
1137 Kind = StringLiteral::Wide;
1138 else if (Literal.isUTF8())
1139 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF8;
1140 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
1141 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF16;
1142 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
1143 Kind = StringLiteral::UTF32;
1145 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
1146 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings)
1149 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
1150 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
1152 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
1153 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
1154 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1156 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
1157 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
1158 Kind, Literal.Pascal, StrTy,
1160 StringTokLocs.size()));
1163 enum CaptureResult {
1164 /// No capture is required.
1167 /// A capture is required.
1170 /// A by-ref capture is required.
1173 /// An error occurred when trying to capture the given variable.
1177 /// Diagnose an uncapturable value reference.
1179 /// \param var - the variable referenced
1180 /// \param DC - the context which we couldn't capture through
1181 static CaptureResult
1182 diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
1183 VarDecl *var, DeclContext *DC) {
1184 switch (S.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
1185 case Sema::Unevaluated:
1186 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
1187 return CR_NoCapture;
1189 case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated:
1190 case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
1193 case Sema::PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
1194 // FIXME: delay these!
1198 // Don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code right
1199 // now; in general, there are more appropriate places that will
1201 if (!S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) return CR_NoCapture;
1203 // Certain madnesses can happen with parameter declarations, which
1204 // we want to ignore.
1205 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var)) {
1206 // - If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then
1207 // we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of
1208 // the next. This is useful in e.g. VLAs.
1209 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(var->getDeclContext()))
1210 return CR_NoCapture;
1212 // - This particular madness can happen in ill-formed default
1213 // arguments; claim it's okay and let downstream code handle it.
1214 if (S.CurContext == var->getDeclContext()->getParent())
1215 return CR_NoCapture;
1218 DeclarationName functionName;
1219 if (FunctionDecl *fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(var->getDeclContext()))
1220 functionName = fn->getDeclName();
1221 // FIXME: variable from enclosing block that we couldn't capture from!
1223 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
1224 << var->getIdentifier() << functionName;
1225 S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
1226 << var->getIdentifier();
1231 /// There is a well-formed capture at a particular scope level;
1232 /// propagate it through all the nested blocks.
1233 static CaptureResult propagateCapture(Sema &S, unsigned ValidScopeIndex,
1234 const BlockDecl::Capture &Capture) {
1235 VarDecl *var = Capture.getVariable();
1237 // Update all the inner blocks with the capture information.
1238 for (unsigned i = ValidScopeIndex + 1, e = S.FunctionScopes.size();
1240 BlockScopeInfo *innerBlock = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[i]);
1241 innerBlock->Captures.push_back(
1242 BlockDecl::Capture(Capture.getVariable(), Capture.isByRef(),
1243 /*nested*/ true, Capture.getCopyExpr()));
1244 innerBlock->CaptureMap[var] = innerBlock->Captures.size(); // +1
1247 return Capture.isByRef() ? CR_CaptureByRef : CR_Capture;
1250 /// shouldCaptureValueReference - Determine if a reference to the
1251 /// given value in the current context requires a variable capture.
1253 /// This also keeps the captures set in the BlockScopeInfo records
1255 static CaptureResult shouldCaptureValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
1257 // Only variables ever require capture.
1258 VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Value);
1259 if (!var) return CR_NoCapture;
1261 // Fast path: variables from the current context never require capture.
1262 DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
1263 if (var->getDeclContext() == DC) return CR_NoCapture;
1265 // Only variables with local storage require capture.
1266 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
1267 if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) return CR_NoCapture;
1269 // Otherwise, we need to capture.
1271 unsigned functionScopesIndex = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
1273 // Only blocks (and eventually C++0x closures) can capture; other
1274 // scopes don't work.
1275 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(DC))
1276 return diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(S, loc, var, DC);
1278 BlockScopeInfo *blockScope =
1279 cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[functionScopesIndex]);
1280 assert(blockScope->TheDecl == static_cast<BlockDecl*>(DC));
1282 // Check whether we've already captured it in this block. If so,
1284 if (unsigned indexPlus1 = blockScope->CaptureMap[var])
1285 return propagateCapture(S, functionScopesIndex,
1286 blockScope->Captures[indexPlus1 - 1]);
1288 functionScopesIndex--;
1289 DC = cast<BlockDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
1290 } while (var->getDeclContext() != DC);
1292 // Okay, we descended all the way to the block that defines the variable.
1293 // Actually try to capture it.
1294 QualType type = var->getType();
1296 // Prohibit variably-modified types.
1297 if (type->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1298 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
1299 S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1303 // Prohibit arrays, even in __block variables, but not references to
1305 if (type->isArrayType()) {
1306 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
1307 S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
1311 S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(loc, var);
1313 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
1314 bool byRef = var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();
1316 // Build a copy expression.
1318 const RecordType *rtype;
1319 if (!byRef && S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !type->isDependentType() &&
1320 (rtype = type->getAs<RecordType>())) {
1322 // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it.
1323 // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have
1324 // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are
1325 // an exception because it's technically only the call site that
1326 // actually requires the destructor.
1327 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var))
1328 S.FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, rtype);
1330 // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from
1331 // the stack requires a const copy constructor. This is not true
1332 // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap.
1335 Expr *declRef = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, loc);
1337 S.PerformCopyInitialization(
1338 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(var->getLocation(),
1340 loc, S.Owned(declRef));
1342 // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization
1343 // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor. Recover from
1344 // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary.
1345 if (!result.isInvalid() &&
1346 !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(result.get())->getConstructor()->isTrivial()) {
1347 result = S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
1348 copyExpr = result.take();
1352 // We're currently at the declarer; go back to the closure.
1353 functionScopesIndex++;
1354 BlockScopeInfo *blockScope =
1355 cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[functionScopesIndex]);
1357 // Build a valid capture in this scope.
1358 blockScope->Captures.push_back(
1359 BlockDecl::Capture(var, byRef, /*nested*/ false, copyExpr));
1360 blockScope->CaptureMap[var] = blockScope->Captures.size(); // +1
1362 // Propagate that to inner captures if necessary.
1363 return propagateCapture(S, functionScopesIndex,
1364 blockScope->Captures.back());
1367 static ExprResult BuildBlockDeclRefExpr(Sema &S, ValueDecl *VD,
1368 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1370 assert(isa<VarDecl>(VD) && "capturing non-variable");
1372 VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(VD);
1373 assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capturing non-local");
1374 assert(ByRef == var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && "byref set wrong");
1376 QualType exprType = var->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1378 BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE;
1380 // The variable will be bound by copy; make it const within the
1381 // closure, but record that this was done in the expression.
1382 bool constAdded = !exprType.isConstQualified();
1383 exprType.addConst();
1385 BDRE = new (S.Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(var, exprType, VK_LValue,
1386 NameInfo.getLoc(), false,
1389 BDRE = new (S.Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(var, exprType, VK_LValue,
1390 NameInfo.getLoc(), true);
1393 return S.Owned(BDRE);
1397 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1399 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
1400 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc);
1401 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS);
1404 /// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a
1405 /// declaration that does not require a closure capture.
1407 Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
1408 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1409 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
1410 if (getLangOptions().CUDA)
1411 if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext))
1412 if (const FunctionDecl *Callee = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1413 CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
1414 CalleeTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee);
1415 if (CheckCUDATarget(CallerTarget, CalleeTarget)) {
1416 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_ref_bad_target)
1417 << CalleeTarget << D->getIdentifier() << CallerTarget;
1418 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1419 << D->getIdentifier();
1424 MarkDeclarationReferenced(NameInfo.getLoc(), D);
1426 Expr *E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
1427 SS? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
1428 : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
1429 D, NameInfo, Ty, VK);
1431 // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member.
1432 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D);
1433 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
1434 E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField);
1439 /// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and
1440 /// possibly a list of template arguments.
1442 /// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
1443 /// DecomposeTemplateName.
1445 /// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
1446 /// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
1449 Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
1450 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
1451 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1452 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
1453 if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
1454 Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
1455 Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
1457 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
1458 Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
1459 Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
1460 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
1461 TemplateArgsPtr.release();
1463 TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get();
1464 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
1465 NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
1466 TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
1468 NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
1473 /// Diagnose an empty lookup.
1475 /// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
1476 bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
1477 CorrectTypoContext CTC,
1478 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1479 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
1480 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
1482 unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
1483 unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
1484 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
1485 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
1486 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
1487 diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
1488 diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
1491 // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
1492 // unqualified lookup. This is useful when (for example) the
1493 // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
1495 for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty() ? CurContext : 0;
1496 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1497 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
1498 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1501 // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
1502 R.suppressDiagnostics();
1504 CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
1505 bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
1506 CurMethod->isInstance() &&
1507 DC == CurMethod->getParent();
1509 // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
1510 // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
1511 // Actually quite difficult!
1513 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(
1514 CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->getCallee());
1515 CXXMethodDecl *DepMethod = cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(
1516 CurMethod->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction());
1518 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)
1519 diagnostic = diag::warn_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup;
1520 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
1521 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
1522 QualType DepThisType = DepMethod->getThisType(Context);
1523 CXXThisExpr *DepThis = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(
1524 R.getNameLoc(), DepThisType, false);
1525 TemplateArgumentListInfo TList;
1526 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
1527 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TList);
1530 SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
1531 CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *DepExpr =
1532 CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
1533 Context, DepThis, DepThisType, true, SourceLocation(),
1534 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), NULL,
1535 R.getLookupNameInfo(),
1536 ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() ? &TList : 0);
1537 CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->setCallee(DepExpr);
1539 // FIXME: we should be able to handle this case too. It is correct
1540 // to add this-> here. This is a workaround for PR7947.
1541 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1544 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1547 // Do we really want to note all of these?
1548 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
1549 Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);
1551 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
1559 // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
1560 TypoCorrection Corrected;
1561 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(),
1562 S, &SS, NULL, false, CTC))) {
1563 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions()));
1564 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions()));
1565 R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
1567 if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl()) {
1568 if (Corrected.isOverloaded()) {
1569 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(R.getNameLoc());
1570 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
1571 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CD = Corrected.begin(),
1572 CDEnd = Corrected.end();
1573 CD != CDEnd; ++CD) {
1574 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD =
1575 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*CD))
1576 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
1577 FTD, DeclAccessPair::make(FTD, AS_none), ExplicitTemplateArgs,
1578 Args, NumArgs, OCS);
1579 else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CD))
1580 if (!ExplicitTemplateArgs || ExplicitTemplateArgs->size() == 0)
1581 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_none),
1582 Args, NumArgs, OCS);
1584 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
1586 ND = Best->Function;
1593 if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) {
1595 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
1596 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), CorrectedStr);
1598 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1599 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
1601 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), CorrectedStr);
1603 Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1604 << CorrectedQuotedStr;
1606 // Tell the callee to try to recover.
1610 if (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) {
1611 // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
1612 // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
1613 // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
1614 // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
1615 // to recover well anyway.
1617 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest)
1618 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr;
1620 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1621 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
1624 // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
1628 // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
1629 // because we aren't able to recover.
1631 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr;
1633 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
1634 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
1641 // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
1642 // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
1643 if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
1644 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1645 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
1650 // Give up, we can't recover.
1651 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
1655 ExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
1658 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1659 bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
1660 assert(!(IsAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
1661 "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");
1666 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;
1668 // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
1669 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
1670 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
1671 DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);
1673 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
1674 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
1675 SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc();
1677 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1678 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1679 // -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1680 // (note: handled after lookup)
1681 // -- a template-id that is dependent,
1682 // (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
1683 // -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1684 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1685 // names a dependent type.
1686 // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
1687 // we need to handle these differently.
1688 bool DependentID = false;
1689 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1690 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) {
1692 } else if (SS.isSet()) {
1693 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) {
1694 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
1702 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
1705 bool IvarLookupFollowUp = false;
1706 // Perform the required lookup.
1707 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo,
1708 (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam)
1709 ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam : LookupOrdinaryName);
1711 // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in
1712 // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the
1713 // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If
1714 // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those
1715 // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it.
1716 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
1717 LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false,
1718 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
1720 if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization ||
1721 (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation))
1722 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
1725 IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
1726 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);
1728 // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent
1730 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
1731 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
1734 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
1735 // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
1736 if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
1737 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
1741 if (Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>())
1744 // for further use, this must be set to false if in class method.
1745 IvarLookupFollowUp = getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod();
1749 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1752 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
1753 // argument-dependent lookup.
1754 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);
1756 if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
1757 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
1758 // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
1759 if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1760 NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
1761 if (D) R.addDecl(D);
1764 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
1765 // call, diagnose the problem.
1768 // In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class member function
1769 // and we can't resolve an identifier then assume the identifier is type
1770 // dependent. The goal is to postpone name lookup to instantiation time
1771 // to be able to search into type dependent base classes.
1772 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
1773 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
1774 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
1777 if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, CTC_Unknown))
1780 assert(!R.empty() &&
1781 "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");
1783 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
1784 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
1785 // reference the ivar.
1786 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1788 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
1789 // In a hopelessly buggy code, Objective-C instance variable
1790 // lookup fails and no expression will be built to reference it.
1791 if (!E.isInvalid() && !E.get())
1798 // This is guaranteed from this point on.
1799 assert(!R.empty() || ADL);
1801 // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
1802 // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3:
1803 // When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access
1804 // syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the
1805 // body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup
1806 // resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type
1807 // member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a
1808 // class member access expression using (*this) as the
1809 // postfix-expression to the left of the . operator.
1811 // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R
1812 // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the
1813 // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a
1814 // non-static member function:
1816 // C++ [expr.ref]p4:
1817 // Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . .
1818 // [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a
1819 // member function call.
1821 // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important
1822 // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a
1823 // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent
1825 if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
1826 bool MightBeImplicitMember;
1827 if (!IsAddressOfOperand)
1828 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
1829 else if (!SS.isEmpty())
1830 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
1831 else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
1832 MightBeImplicitMember = false;
1833 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
1834 MightBeImplicitMember = true;
1836 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
1837 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
1839 if (MightBeImplicitMember)
1840 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
1844 return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);
1846 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
1849 /// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
1850 /// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
1851 /// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
1854 Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1855 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo) {
1857 if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || DC->isDependentContext())
1858 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, 0);
1860 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
1863 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
1864 LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
1866 if (R.isAmbiguous())
1870 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
1871 << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange();
1875 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
1878 /// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
1879 /// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method. Perform some
1880 /// additional lookup.
1882 /// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
1883 /// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
1885 /// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
1887 Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
1888 IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1889 SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
1890 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
1892 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
1893 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
1894 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
1895 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
1896 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
1898 // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
1899 // ivars. But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
1900 // ivar, that's an error.
1901 bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();
1905 LookForIvars = true;
1906 else if (IsClassMethod)
1907 LookForIvars = false;
1909 LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
1910 Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
1911 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
1913 IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
1914 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1915 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1916 // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
1918 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
1919 << IV->getDeclName());
1921 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
1922 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
1923 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
1926 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
1927 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
1930 // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
1931 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
1932 ClassDeclared != IFace)
1933 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
1935 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
1936 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
1937 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
1938 UnqualifiedId SelfName;
1939 SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
1940 SelfName.setKind(UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam);
1941 CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
1942 ExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
1943 SelfName, false, false);
1944 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
1947 SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.take());
1948 if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
1951 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
1952 return Owned(new (Context)
1953 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
1954 SelfExpr.take(), true, true));
1956 } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
1957 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
1958 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
1959 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1960 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
1961 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
1962 IFace == ClassDeclared)
1963 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
1967 if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1968 // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
1969 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
1970 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1971 Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
1972 NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
1973 S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
1974 Lookup.getNameLoc());
1975 if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
1979 // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
1980 return Owned((Expr*) 0);
1983 /// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
1985 /// Logically this happens in three phases:
1987 /// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
1988 /// The naming class is the class into which we were looking
1989 /// when we found the member; it's the qualifier type if a
1990 /// qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
1992 /// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
1993 /// If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
1994 /// a using declaration, this is that class; otherwise it's
1995 /// the class declaring the member.
1997 /// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
1998 /// declaring class of the member. This conversion does not
1999 /// obey access control.
2001 Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2002 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2003 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2004 NamedDecl *Member) {
2005 CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
2009 QualType DestRecordType;
2011 QualType FromRecordType;
2012 QualType FromType = From->getType();
2013 bool PointerConversions = false;
2014 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
2015 DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
2017 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2018 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
2019 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2020 PointerConversions = true;
2022 DestType = DestRecordType;
2023 FromRecordType = FromType;
2025 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
2026 if (Method->isStatic())
2029 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2030 DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();
2032 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
2033 FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
2034 PointerConversions = true;
2036 FromRecordType = FromType;
2037 DestType = DestRecordType;
2040 // No conversion necessary.
2044 if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
2047 // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
2048 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2051 SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
2052 SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();
2054 ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind();
2056 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
2057 // [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
2060 // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
2061 // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
2062 // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
2063 // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
2065 // class Base { public: int x; };
2066 // class Derived1 : public Base { };
2067 // class Derived2 : public Base { };
2068 // class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
2070 // void VeryDerived::f() {
2071 // x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
2072 // Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
2075 QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
2076 assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?");
2077 assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");
2079 QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);
2081 // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
2082 // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
2083 // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
2084 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
2085 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2086 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
2087 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2090 if (PointerConversions)
2091 QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
2092 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2093 VK, &BasePath).take();
2096 FromRecordType = QRecordType;
2098 // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
2100 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
2105 bool IgnoreAccess = false;
2107 // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
2108 // down to the using declaration's type.
2110 // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
2111 // class ever has member declarations.
2112 if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
2113 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
2114 QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
2115 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));
2117 // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
2118 // conversion is non-trivial.
2119 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
2120 assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
2121 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2122 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
2123 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
2126 QualType UType = URecordType;
2127 if (PointerConversions)
2128 UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
2129 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2130 VK, &BasePath).take();
2132 FromRecordType = URecordType;
2135 // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
2136 // declaring class to the true declaring class.
2137 IgnoreAccess = true;
2140 CXXCastPath BasePath;
2141 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType,
2142 FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath,
2146 return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
2150 bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2151 const LookupResult &R,
2152 bool HasTrailingLParen) {
2153 // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
2154 if (!HasTrailingLParen)
2157 // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
2161 // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
2162 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2165 // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
2167 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
2170 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2171 // -- a declaration of a class member
2172 // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
2174 if (D->isCXXClassMember())
2177 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2178 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
2179 // using-declaration
2180 // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
2181 // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
2182 // turn off ADL anyway).
2183 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2184 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
2185 else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2188 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
2189 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
2191 // And also for builtin functions.
2192 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2193 FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2195 // But also builtin functions.
2196 if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
2198 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
2206 /// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
2207 /// as an expression. This is only actually called for lookups that
2208 /// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
2209 /// will in fact be used.
2210 static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
2211 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
2212 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
2216 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
2217 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
2221 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
2222 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
2230 Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2233 // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
2234 // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
2235 if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
2236 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(),
2239 // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
2240 // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
2241 // functions and function templates.
2242 if (R.isSingleResult() &&
2243 CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
2246 // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression. Suppress
2247 // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
2248 // we've picked a target.
2249 R.suppressDiagnostics();
2251 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
2252 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(),
2253 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
2254 R.getLookupNameInfo(),
2255 NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(),
2256 R.begin(), R.end());
2261 /// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
2263 Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2264 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2266 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
2267 assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
2268 "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");
2270 SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
2271 if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
2274 if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
2275 // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
2276 // a template argument list.
2277 Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
2278 << Template << SS.getRange();
2279 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
2283 // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
2284 ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
2286 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
2287 << D << SS.getRange();
2288 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
2292 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
2293 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
2294 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
2295 // that overload resolution actually selects.
2296 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
2299 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
2300 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
2303 // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions. If we got here,
2304 // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this
2305 // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression.
2306 if (IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2307 if (!indirectField->isCXXClassMember())
2308 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(),
2311 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
2312 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
2313 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
2314 // the block is formed.
2316 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
2317 // as they do not get snapshotted.
2319 switch (shouldCaptureValueReference(*this, NameInfo.getLoc(), VD)) {
2324 assert(!SS.isSet() && "referenced local variable with scope specifier?");
2325 return BuildBlockDeclRefExpr(*this, VD, NameInfo, /*byref*/ false);
2327 case CR_CaptureByRef:
2328 assert(!SS.isSet() && "referenced local variable with scope specifier?");
2329 return BuildBlockDeclRefExpr(*this, VD, NameInfo, /*byref*/ true);
2331 case CR_NoCapture: {
2332 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced
2333 // variable is within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
2335 QualType type = VD->getType();
2336 ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_RValue;
2338 switch (D->getKind()) {
2339 // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds.
2340 #define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind)
2341 #define VALUE(type, base)
2342 #define DECL(type, base) \
2344 #include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
2345 llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind");
2348 // These shouldn't make it here.
2349 case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
2350 case Decl::ObjCIvar:
2351 llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?");
2354 // Enum constants are always r-values and never references.
2355 // Unresolved using declarations are dependent.
2356 case Decl::EnumConstant:
2357 case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
2358 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2361 // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for
2362 // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for
2363 // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really
2364 // exist in the high-level semantics.
2366 case Decl::IndirectField:
2367 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2368 "building reference to field in C?");
2370 // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but
2371 // for internal consistency we do this anyway.
2372 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2373 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2376 // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values
2377 // depending on the type.
2378 case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: {
2379 if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
2380 type = reftype->getPointeeType();
2381 valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference
2385 // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case
2386 // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever.
2387 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2388 type = type.getUnqualifiedType();
2393 // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value.
2394 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
2395 !type.hasQualifiers() &&
2396 type->isVoidType()) {
2397 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2402 case Decl::ImplicitParam:
2404 // These are always l-values.
2405 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2406 type = type.getNonReferenceType();
2409 case Decl::Function: {
2410 const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>();
2412 // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype
2413 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
2414 if (fty->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
2415 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
2416 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2420 // Functions are l-values in C++.
2421 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2422 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2426 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
2427 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
2428 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
2429 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
2431 if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() &&
2432 isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty))
2433 type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getResultType(),
2436 // Functions are r-values in C.
2437 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2441 case Decl::CXXMethod:
2442 // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype
2443 // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
2444 // This should only be possible with a type written directly.
2445 if (const FunctionProtoType *proto
2446 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType()))
2447 if (proto->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
2448 type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
2449 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2453 // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static.
2454 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) {
2455 valueKind = VK_LValue;
2460 case Decl::CXXConversion:
2461 case Decl::CXXDestructor:
2462 case Decl::CXXConstructor:
2463 valueKind = VK_RValue;
2467 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS);
2472 llvm_unreachable("unknown capture result");
2476 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
2477 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
2480 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown simple primary expr!");
2481 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
2482 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
2483 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
2486 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
2489 Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
2490 if (!currentDecl && getCurBlock())
2491 currentDecl = getCurBlock()->TheDecl;
2493 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
2494 currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2498 if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
2499 ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
2501 unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();
2503 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
2504 ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
2505 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
2507 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
2510 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
2511 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
2512 bool Invalid = false;
2513 StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
2517 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
2519 if (Literal.hadError())
2523 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2524 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
2525 else if (Literal.isWide())
2526 Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
2527 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
2528 Ty = Context.Char16Ty; // u'x' -> char16_t in C++0x.
2529 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
2530 Ty = Context.Char32Ty; // U'x' -> char32_t in C++0x.
2531 else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
2532 Ty = Context.IntTy; // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
2534 Ty = Context.CharTy; // 'x' -> char in C++
2536 CharacterLiteral::CharacterKind Kind = CharacterLiteral::Ascii;
2537 if (Literal.isWide())
2538 Kind = CharacterLiteral::Wide;
2539 else if (Literal.isUTF16())
2540 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF16;
2541 else if (Literal.isUTF32())
2542 Kind = CharacterLiteral::UTF32;
2544 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(), Kind, Ty,
2545 Tok.getLocation()));
2548 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
2549 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
2550 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
2551 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
2552 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
2553 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
2554 return Owned(IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
2555 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
2558 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
2559 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
2560 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
2561 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
2563 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
2564 bool Invalid = false;
2565 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid);
2569 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
2570 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
2571 if (Literal.hadError)
2576 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
2578 if (Literal.isFloat)
2579 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
2580 else if (!Literal.isLong)
2581 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
2583 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
2585 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
2587 using llvm::APFloat;
2588 APFloat Val(Format);
2590 APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);
2592 // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
2593 // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
2594 if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
2595 ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
2596 unsigned diagnostic;
2597 llvm::SmallString<20> buffer;
2598 if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
2599 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
2600 APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
2602 diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
2603 APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
2606 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
2608 << StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
2611 bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
2612 Res = FloatingLiteral::Create(Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
2614 if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) {
2615 if (getLangOptions().SinglePrecisionConstants) {
2616 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
2617 } else if (getLangOptions().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp64) {
2618 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64);
2619 Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
2622 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
2627 // long long is a C99 feature.
2628 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
2630 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
2632 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
2633 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
2635 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
2636 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
2637 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
2638 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
2639 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
2640 "long long is not intmax_t?");
2642 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
2643 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
2645 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
2646 // be an unsigned int.
2647 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
2649 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
2651 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
2652 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
2653 unsigned IntSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
2655 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
2656 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
2657 // Does it fit in a signed int?
2658 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
2660 else if (AllowUnsigned)
2661 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
2666 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
2667 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
2668 unsigned LongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
2670 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
2671 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
2672 // Does it fit in a signed long?
2673 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
2674 Ty = Context.LongTy;
2675 else if (AllowUnsigned)
2676 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
2681 // Finally, check long long if needed.
2683 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
2685 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
2686 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
2687 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
2688 // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the
2689 // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode.
2690 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 ||
2691 (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && Literal.isLongLong)))
2692 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
2693 else if (AllowUnsigned)
2694 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
2695 Width = LongLongSize;
2699 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
2700 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
2702 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
2703 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
2704 Width = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
2707 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
2708 ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width);
2710 Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
2713 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
2714 if (Literal.isImaginary)
2715 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
2716 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
2721 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E) {
2722 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
2723 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
2726 static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
2728 SourceRange ArgRange) {
2729 // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in
2730 // scalar or vector data type argument..."
2731 // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic
2732 // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void.
2733 if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) {
2734 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type)
2739 assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) &&
2740 "Scalar types should always be complete");
2744 static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
2746 SourceRange ArgRange,
2747 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
2749 if (T->isFunctionType()) {
2750 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
2751 if (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
2752 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ArgRange;
2756 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
2757 if (T->isVoidType()) {
2758 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type) << TraitKind << ArgRange;
2765 static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T,
2767 SourceRange ArgRange,
2768 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
2769 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
2770 if (S.LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && T->isObjCObjectType()) {
2771 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
2772 << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
2780 /// \brief Check the constrains on expression operands to unary type expression
2781 /// and type traits.
2783 /// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand
2784 /// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify
2785 /// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template
2786 /// instantiation, etc.
2787 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E,
2788 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
2789 QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
2791 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
2792 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
2793 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
2794 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
2795 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2796 ExprTy = Ref->getPointeeType();
2798 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
2799 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
2800 E->getSourceRange());
2802 // Whitelist some types as extensions
2803 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
2804 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
2807 if (RequireCompleteExprType(E,
2808 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
2809 << ExprKind << E->getSourceRange(),
2810 std::make_pair(SourceLocation(), PDiag(0))))
2813 // Completeing the expression's type may have changed it.
2814 ExprTy = E->getType();
2815 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2816 ExprTy = Ref->getPointeeType();
2818 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, E->getExprLoc(),
2819 E->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
2822 if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) {
2823 if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
2824 if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) {
2825 QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType();
2826 QualType Type = PVD->getType();
2827 if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) {
2828 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param)
2830 Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
2839 /// \brief Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type
2842 /// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints
2843 /// on those operands.
2845 /// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
2846 /// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state:
2847 /// Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ...
2849 /// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4
2850 /// The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer
2851 /// standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof.
2853 /// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions.
2854 bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType,
2855 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2856 SourceRange ExprRange,
2857 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
2858 if (ExprType->isDependentType())
2861 // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
2862 // the result is the size of the referenced type."
2863 // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
2864 // result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
2865 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
2866 ExprType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2868 if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
2869 return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange);
2871 // Whitelist some types as extensions
2872 if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
2876 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, ExprType,
2877 PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
2878 << ExprKind << ExprRange))
2881 if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
2888 static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
2889 E = E->IgnoreParens();
2891 // alignof decl is always ok.
2892 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
2895 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
2896 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2899 if (E->getBitField()) {
2900 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield)
2901 << 1 << E->getSourceRange();
2905 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
2907 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
2908 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2911 return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_AlignOf);
2914 bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) {
2915 E = E->IgnoreParens();
2917 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
2918 if (E->isTypeDependent())
2921 return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep);
2924 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
2926 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2927 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2928 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
2933 QualType T = TInfo->getType();
2935 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
2936 CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind))
2939 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2940 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ExprKind, TInfo,
2941 Context.getSizeType(),
2942 OpLoc, R.getEnd()));
2945 /// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
2948 Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2949 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
2950 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
2956 // Verify that the operand is valid.
2957 bool isInvalid = false;
2958 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
2959 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
2960 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
2961 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E);
2962 } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) {
2963 isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E);
2964 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
2965 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
2968 isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf);
2974 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
2975 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
2976 ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
2977 E->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
2980 /// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c
2981 /// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
2982 /// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
2984 Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2985 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool IsType,
2986 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
2987 // If error parsing type, ignore.
2988 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
2991 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
2992 (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo);
2993 return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange);
2996 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
2997 ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind);
2998 return move(Result);
3001 static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc,
3003 if (V.get()->isTypeDependent())
3004 return S.Context.DependentTy;
3006 // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values.
3007 if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) {
3008 V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.take());
3013 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
3014 if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
3015 return CT->getElementType();
3017 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
3018 if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType())
3019 return V.get()->getType();
3021 // Test for placeholders.
3022 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get());
3023 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
3024 if (PR.get() != V.get()) {
3026 return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, IsReal);
3029 // Reject anything else.
3030 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType()
3031 << (IsReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
3038 Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3039 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) {
3040 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
3042 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
3043 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PostInc; break;
3044 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break;
3047 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
3051 Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3052 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
3053 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3054 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
3055 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3056 Base = Result.take();
3058 Expr *LHSExp = Base, *RHSExp = Idx;
3060 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
3061 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
3062 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
3063 Context.DependentTy,
3064 VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
3068 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
3069 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
3070 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
3071 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
3072 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
3073 return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, Base, Idx);
3076 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Base, LLoc, Idx, RLoc);
3081 Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3082 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
3083 Expr *LHSExp = Base;
3086 // Perform default conversions.
3087 if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3088 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
3089 if (Result.isInvalid())
3091 LHSExp = Result.take();
3093 ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
3094 if (Result.isInvalid())
3096 RHSExp = Result.take();
3098 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
3099 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
3100 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
3102 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
3103 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
3104 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
3105 // and index from the expression types.
3106 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
3107 QualType ResultType;
3108 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
3111 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
3112 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3115 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
3116 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3117 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
3120 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
3121 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
3122 LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
3125 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
3126 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
3127 RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
3128 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
3131 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
3132 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3133 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
3135 VK = LHSExp->getValueKind();
3136 if (VK != VK_RValue)
3137 OK = OK_VectorComponent;
3139 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
3140 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
3141 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
3142 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
3143 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
3144 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
3145 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
3146 // force the promotion here.
3147 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
3148 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
3149 LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
3150 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take();
3151 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
3155 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3156 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
3157 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
3158 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
3159 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
3160 RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
3161 CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take();
3162 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
3166 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3168 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
3169 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
3172 if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
3173 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
3174 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
3176 if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
3177 IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
3178 && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
3179 Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();
3181 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
3182 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
3183 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
3184 // incomplete types are not object types.
3185 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
3186 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
3187 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3191 if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3192 // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void
3193 Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type)
3194 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3196 // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values.
3197 // See IsCForbiddenLValueType.
3198 if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) VK = VK_RValue;
3199 } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
3200 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
3201 PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
3202 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
3205 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
3206 if (ResultType->isObjCObjectType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
3207 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
3208 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
3212 assert(VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus ||
3213 !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType());
3215 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
3216 ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc));
3219 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3221 ParmVarDecl *Param) {
3222 if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
3224 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
3225 FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
3226 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
3227 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
3231 if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
3232 Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();
3234 // Instantiate the expression.
3235 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
3236 = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);
3238 std::pair<const TemplateArgument *, unsigned> Innermost
3239 = ArgList.getInnermost();
3240 InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param, Innermost.first,
3245 // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p5:
3246 // The names in the [default argument] expression are bound, and
3247 // the semantic constraints are checked, at the point where the
3248 // default argument expression appears.
3249 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, FD);
3250 Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
3252 if (Result.isInvalid())
3255 // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
3256 InitializedEntity Entity
3257 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param);
3258 InitializationKind Kind
3259 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
3260 /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
3261 Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
3263 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
3264 Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3265 MultiExprArg(*this, &ResultE, 1));
3266 if (Result.isInvalid())
3269 // Build the default argument expression.
3270 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
3271 Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
3274 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
3275 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
3276 // be properly destroyed.
3277 // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
3278 // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
3279 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i) {
3280 CXXTemporary *Temporary = Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i);
3281 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Param->getDefaultArg()->getLocStart(),
3282 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Temporary->getDestructor()));
3283 ExprTemporaries.push_back(Temporary);
3284 ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
3287 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
3288 // Just mark all of the declarations in this potentially-evaluated expression
3289 // as being "referenced".
3290 MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Param->getDefaultArg());
3291 return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
3294 /// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
3295 /// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
3296 /// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
3297 /// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
3298 /// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
3299 /// true if the call is ill-formed.
3301 Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3302 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3303 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3304 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3305 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3306 bool IsExecConfig) {
3307 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
3308 // We don't need to do this in the
3310 if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
3311 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID))
3314 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
3315 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
3316 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3317 bool Invalid = false;
3318 unsigned MinArgs = FDecl ? FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments() : NumArgsInProto;
3319 unsigned FnKind = Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
3321 : (IsExecConfig ? 3 /* kernel function (exec config) */
3322 : 0 /* function */);
3324 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
3325 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
3326 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
3327 if (NumArgs < MinArgs) {
3328 Diag(RParenLoc, MinArgs == NumArgsInProto
3329 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args
3330 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
3332 << MinArgs << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange();
3334 // Emit the location of the prototype.
3335 if (FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
3336 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
3341 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
3344 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
3346 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
3347 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
3348 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3349 MinArgs == NumArgsInProto
3350 ? diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args
3351 : diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
3353 << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange()
3354 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
3355 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
3357 // Emit the location of the prototype.
3358 if (FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID() && !IsExecConfig)
3359 Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(), diag::note_callee_decl)
3362 // This deletes the extra arguments.
3363 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
3367 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
3368 VariadicCallType CallType =
3369 Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3370 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
3371 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
3372 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
3373 CallType = VariadicMethod;
3374 Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
3375 Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
3378 unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
3379 for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
3380 Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);
3385 bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3386 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3387 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3388 unsigned FirstProtoArg,
3389 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3390 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
3391 VariadicCallType CallType) {
3392 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
3393 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
3394 bool Invalid = false;
3395 if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
3396 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
3397 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
3399 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
3400 for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
3401 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
3404 if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
3405 Arg = Args[ArgIx++];
3407 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3409 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3410 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
3413 // Pass the argument
3414 ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
3415 if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
3416 Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
3418 InitializedEntity Entity =
3419 Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param)
3420 : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ProtoArgType,
3421 Proto->isArgConsumed(i));
3422 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3425 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3428 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
3430 ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);
3432 ExprResult ArgExpr =
3433 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
3434 if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
3437 Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
3440 // Check for array bounds violations for each argument to the call. This
3441 // check only triggers warnings when the argument isn't a more complex Expr
3442 // with its own checking, such as a BinaryOperator.
3443 CheckArrayAccess(Arg);
3445 AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
3448 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
3449 if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {
3451 // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that
3452 // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic.
3453 if (Proto->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy &&
3454 FDecl && FDecl->isExternC()) {
3455 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i != NumArgs; ++i) {
3457 if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(Args[i]->IgnoreParens()))
3458 arg = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Args[i]);
3460 arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], CallType, FDecl);
3461 Invalid |= arg.isInvalid();
3462 AllArgs.push_back(arg.take());
3465 // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
3467 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i != NumArgs; ++i) {
3468 ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], CallType,
3470 Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid();
3471 AllArgs.push_back(Arg.take());
3475 // Check for array bounds violations.
3476 for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i != NumArgs; ++i)
3477 CheckArrayAccess(Args[i]);
3482 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
3483 /// to have a function type.
3484 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn);
3486 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3487 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3490 Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3491 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3492 Expr *ExecConfig, bool IsExecConfig) {
3493 unsigned NumArgs = ArgExprs.size();
3495 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
3496 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Fn);
3497 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3500 Expr **Args = ArgExprs.release();
3502 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3503 // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
3504 if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
3506 // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
3507 Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
3508 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
3509 SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
3510 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));
3515 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
3516 VK_RValue, RParenLoc));
3519 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
3520 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
3521 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
3523 bool Dependent = false;
3524 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
3526 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
3531 return Owned(new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(
3532 Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), Args, NumArgs,
3533 Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc));
3535 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
3536 Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue,
3541 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
3542 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
3543 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3546 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
3547 ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
3548 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3552 if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
3553 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3558 // Check for overloaded calls. This can happen even in C due to extensions.
3559 if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
3560 OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn);
3562 // We aren't supposed to apply this logic for if there's an '&' involved.
3563 if (!find.HasFormOfMemberPointer) {
3564 OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression;
3565 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl)) {
3566 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl);
3567 return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3568 RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
3570 return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
3576 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
3578 Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();
3580 NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
3581 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn))
3582 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
3583 NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
3585 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
3586 NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
3587 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
3588 NDecl = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)->getMemberDecl();
3590 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc,
3591 ExecConfig, IsExecConfig);
3595 Sema::ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3596 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, SourceLocation GGGLoc) {
3597 FunctionDecl *ConfigDecl = Context.getcudaConfigureCallDecl();
3599 return ExprError(Diag(LLLLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use)
3600 << "cudaConfigureCall");
3601 QualType ConfigQTy = ConfigDecl->getType();
3603 DeclRefExpr *ConfigDR = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(
3604 ConfigDecl, ConfigQTy, VK_LValue, LLLLoc);
3606 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ConfigDR, LLLLoc, ExecConfig, GGGLoc, 0,
3607 /*IsExecConfig=*/true);
3610 /// ActOnAsTypeExpr - create a new asType (bitcast) from the arguments.
3612 /// __builtin_astype( value, dst type )
3614 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3615 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3616 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
3617 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
3618 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
3619 QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedDestTy);
3620 QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
3621 if (Context.getTypeSize(DstTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3622 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
3623 diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size)
3626 << E->getSourceRange());
3627 return Owned(new (Context) AsTypeExpr(E, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc,
3631 /// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
3632 /// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy. The expression should
3633 /// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
3634 /// block-pointer type.
3636 /// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
3638 Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3639 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3640 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3641 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3642 Expr *Config, bool IsExecConfig) {
3643 FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
3645 // Promote the function operand.
3646 ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
3647 if (Result.isInvalid())
3651 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
3652 // of arguments and function on error.
3655 TheCall = new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(Context, Fn,
3656 cast<CallExpr>(Config),
3662 TheCall = new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
3669 unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0);
3671 // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
3672 if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID))
3673 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall);
3676 const FunctionType *FuncT;
3677 if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
3678 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
3679 // have type pointer to function".
3680 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
3682 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3683 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3684 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT =
3685 Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3686 FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
3688 // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type.
3689 if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
3690 ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
3691 if (rewrite.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
3692 Fn = rewrite.take();
3693 TheCall->setCallee(Fn);
3697 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
3698 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3701 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) {
3703 // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions
3704 if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
3705 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function)
3706 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3708 // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type
3709 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType())
3710 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return)
3711 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3713 // CUDA: Calls to global functions must be configured
3714 if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
3715 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_global_call_not_config)
3716 << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());
3720 // Check for a valid return type
3721 if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
3722 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall,
3726 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
3727 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context));
3728 TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getResultType()));
3730 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
3731 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
3732 RParenLoc, IsExecConfig))
3735 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
3738 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
3739 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
3740 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
3741 if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
3742 const FunctionProtoType *Proto
3743 = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3744 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size()))
3745 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
3746 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
3749 // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have
3750 // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype.
3751 if (!FDecl->hasPrototype())
3752 Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3755 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
3756 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
3757 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
3759 if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumArgs()) {
3760 InitializedEntity Entity
3761 = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
3762 Proto->getArgType(i),
3763 Proto->isArgConsumed(i));
3764 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
3767 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3770 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
3773 ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
3775 if (ArgE.isInvalid())
3778 Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
3781 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
3783 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
3784 << Arg->getSourceRange()))
3787 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
3791 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
3792 if (!Method->isStatic())
3793 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
3794 << Fn->getSourceRange());
3796 // Check for sentinels
3798 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
3800 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
3802 if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall))
3806 return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall);
3808 if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall))
3812 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
3816 Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty,
3817 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) {
3818 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
3819 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
3820 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
3822 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3823 QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
3825 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);
3827 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr);
3831 Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3832 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *LiteralExpr) {
3833 QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();
3835 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
3836 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType),
3837 PDiag(diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)
3838 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
3839 LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
3841 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
3842 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
3843 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
3844 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
3845 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
3846 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
3847 << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
3848 LiteralExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
3851 InitializedEntity Entity
3852 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
3853 InitializationKind Kind
3854 = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc,
3855 SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
3856 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &LiteralExpr, 1);
3857 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
3858 MultiExprArg(*this, &LiteralExpr, 1),
3860 if (Result.isInvalid())
3862 LiteralExpr = Result.get();
3864 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
3865 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
3866 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(LiteralExpr, literalType))
3870 // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason.
3871 ExprValueKind VK = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue;
3873 return MaybeBindToTemporary(
3874 new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
3875 VK, LiteralExpr, isFileScope));
3879 Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3880 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
3881 unsigned NumInit = InitArgList.size();
3882 Expr **InitList = InitArgList.release();
3884 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
3885 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
3887 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitList,
3888 NumInit, RBraceLoc);
3889 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
3893 /// Do an explicit extend of the given block pointer if we're in ARC.
3894 static void maybeExtendBlockObject(Sema &S, ExprResult &E) {
3895 assert(E.get()->getType()->isBlockPointerType());
3896 assert(E.get()->isRValue());
3898 // Only do this in an r-value context.
3899 if (!S.getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) return;
3901 E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, E.get()->getType(),
3902 CK_ARCExtendBlockObject, E.get(),
3903 /*base path*/ 0, VK_RValue);
3904 S.ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
3907 /// Prepare a conversion of the given expression to an ObjC object
3909 CastKind Sema::PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E) {
3910 QualType type = E.get()->getType();
3911 if (type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3913 } else if (type->isBlockPointerType()) {
3914 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, E);
3915 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
3917 assert(type->isPointerType());
3918 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
3922 /// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages
3923 /// except the final cast and returning the kind required.
3924 CastKind Sema::PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) {
3925 // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer.
3926 // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with
3927 // pointers. Everything else should be possible.
3929 QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType();
3930 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
3933 switch (Type::ScalarTypeKind SrcKind = SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
3934 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
3935 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
3937 case Type::STK_CPointer:
3938 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
3939 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
3940 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
3941 case Type::STK_CPointer:
3943 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
3944 return (SrcKind == Type::STK_BlockPointer
3945 ? CK_BitCast : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
3946 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
3947 if (SrcKind == Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer)
3949 else if (SrcKind == Type::STK_CPointer)
3950 return CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
3952 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, Src);
3953 return CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
3955 case Type::STK_Bool:
3956 return CK_PointerToBoolean;
3957 case Type::STK_Integral:
3958 return CK_PointerToIntegral;
3959 case Type::STK_Floating:
3960 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
3961 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
3962 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
3963 llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer");
3967 case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer
3968 case Type::STK_Integral:
3969 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
3970 case Type::STK_CPointer:
3971 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
3972 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
3973 if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
3974 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
3975 return CK_NullToPointer;
3976 return CK_IntegralToPointer;
3977 case Type::STK_Bool:
3978 return CK_IntegralToBoolean;
3979 case Type::STK_Integral:
3980 return CK_IntegralCast;
3981 case Type::STK_Floating:
3982 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
3983 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
3984 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
3985 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
3987 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
3988 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
3989 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
3990 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
3991 CK_IntegralToFloating);
3992 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
3993 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
3994 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
3998 case Type::STK_Floating:
3999 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
4000 case Type::STK_Floating:
4001 return CK_FloatingCast;
4002 case Type::STK_Bool:
4003 return CK_FloatingToBoolean;
4004 case Type::STK_Integral:
4005 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
4006 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
4007 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
4008 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
4010 return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
4011 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
4012 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
4013 DestTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
4014 CK_FloatingToIntegral);
4015 return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
4016 case Type::STK_CPointer:
4017 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
4018 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
4019 llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?");
4020 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
4021 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
4025 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
4026 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
4027 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
4028 return CK_FloatingComplexCast;
4029 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
4030 return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
4031 case Type::STK_Floating: {
4032 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
4033 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
4034 return CK_FloatingComplexToReal;
4035 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
4036 return CK_FloatingCast;
4038 case Type::STK_Bool:
4039 return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean;
4040 case Type::STK_Integral:
4041 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
4042 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
4043 CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
4044 return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
4045 case Type::STK_CPointer:
4046 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
4047 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
4048 llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?");
4049 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
4050 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
4054 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
4055 switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
4056 case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
4057 return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
4058 case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
4059 return CK_IntegralComplexCast;
4060 case Type::STK_Integral: {
4061 QualType ET = SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
4062 if (Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
4063 return CK_IntegralComplexToReal;
4064 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
4065 return CK_IntegralCast;
4067 case Type::STK_Bool:
4068 return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean;
4069 case Type::STK_Floating:
4070 Src = ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(),
4071 SrcTy->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
4072 CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
4073 return CK_IntegralToFloating;
4074 case Type::STK_CPointer:
4075 case Type::STK_ObjCObjectPointer:
4076 case Type::STK_BlockPointer:
4077 llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?");
4078 case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
4079 llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
4084 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast");
4087 bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
4089 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
4091 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
4092 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
4093 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
4094 Ty->isVectorType() ?
4095 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
4096 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
4097 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
4099 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
4100 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
4101 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
4107 ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy,
4108 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) {
4109 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
4111 QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();
4113 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
4114 // an ExtVectorType.
4115 // In OpenCL, casts between vectors of different types are not allowed.
4116 // (See OpenCL 6.2).
4117 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
4118 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy)
4119 || (getLangOptions().OpenCL &&
4120 (DestTy.getCanonicalType() != SrcTy.getCanonicalType()))) {
4121 Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
4122 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
4126 return Owned(CastExpr);
4129 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
4130 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
4131 // splat from elt type to vector.
4132 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
4133 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
4134 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
4135 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
4137 QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
4138 ExprResult CastExprRes = Owned(CastExpr);
4139 CastKind CK = PrepareScalarCast(CastExprRes, DestElemTy);
4140 if (CastExprRes.isInvalid())
4142 CastExpr = ImpCastExprToType(CastExprRes.take(), DestElemTy, CK).take();
4144 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
4145 return Owned(CastExpr);
4149 Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4150 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
4151 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr) {
4152 assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (CastExpr != 0) &&
4153 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
4155 TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, CastExpr->getType());
4156 if (D.isInvalidType())
4159 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4160 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
4161 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4164 checkUnusedDeclAttributes(D);
4166 QualType castType = castTInfo->getType();
4167 Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo);
4169 bool isVectorLiteral = false;
4171 // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal,
4172 // i.e. all the elements are integer constants.
4173 ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(CastExpr);
4174 ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr);
4175 if ((getLangOptions().AltiVec || getLangOptions().OpenCL)
4176 && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) {
4177 if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
4178 Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
4181 if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) {
4182 Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0));
4183 if (!E->getType()->isVectorType())
4184 isVectorLiteral = true;
4187 isVectorLiteral = true;
4190 // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
4191 // then handle it as such.
4192 if (isVectorLiteral)
4193 return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, CastExpr, castTInfo);
4195 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
4196 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
4197 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
4198 if (isa<ParenListExpr>(CastExpr)) {
4199 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, CastExpr);
4200 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4201 CastExpr = Result.take();
4204 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, CastExpr);
4207 ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4208 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
4209 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
4210 assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) &&
4211 "Expected paren or paren list expression");
4216 if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) {
4217 exprs = PE->getExprs();
4218 numExprs = PE->getNumExprs();
4220 subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
4225 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
4226 assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type");
4228 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
4229 const VectorType *VTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>();
4230 unsigned numElems = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
4232 // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of
4233 // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector.
4234 // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be
4235 // replicated to all the components of the vector
4236 if (VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector) {
4237 // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the
4238 // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will
4239 // be replicated to all the components of the vector
4240 if (numExprs == 1) {
4241 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
4242 ExprResult Literal = Owned(exprs[0]);
4243 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.take(), ElemTy,
4244 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
4245 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.take());
4247 else if (numExprs < numElems) {
4248 Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
4249 diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers);
4253 for (unsigned i = 0, e = numExprs; i != e; ++i)
4254 initExprs.push_back(exprs[i]);
4257 // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value,
4258 // it will be replicated to all components of the vector.
4259 if (getLangOptions().OpenCL &&
4260 VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector &&
4262 QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
4263 ExprResult Literal = Owned(exprs[0]);
4264 Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.take(), ElemTy,
4265 PrepareScalarCast(Literal, ElemTy));
4266 return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.take());
4269 for (unsigned i = 0, e = numExprs; i != e; ++i)
4270 initExprs.push_back(exprs[i]);
4272 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
4273 // braces instead of the original commas.
4274 InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LParenLoc,
4276 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
4278 return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE);
4281 /// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
4282 /// of comma binary operators.
4284 Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *OrigExpr) {
4285 ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(OrigExpr);
4287 return Owned(OrigExpr);
4289 ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0));
4291 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
4292 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(),
4295 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4297 return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get());
4300 ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
4303 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
4304 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
4305 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
4308 expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
4310 expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R,
4311 exprs[nexprs-1]->getType());
4315 /// \brief Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer
4316 /// constant and the other is not a pointer. Returns true if a diagnostic is
4318 bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
4319 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4320 Expr *NullExpr = LHSExpr;
4321 Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHSExpr;
4322 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
4323 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4324 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
4326 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) {
4328 NonPointerExpr = LHSExpr;
4330 NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
4331 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
4334 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull)
4337 if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroInteger) {
4338 // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL"
4339 // string in the source code.
4340 NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4341 SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc();
4342 if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL"))
4346 int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX0X_nullptr);
4347 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null)
4348 << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType
4349 << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
4353 /// \brief Return false if the condition expression is valid, true otherwise.
4354 static bool checkCondition(Sema &S, Expr *Cond) {
4355 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
4358 if (CondTy->isScalarType()) return false;
4360 // OpenCL: Sec 6.3.i says the condition is allowed to be a vector or scalar.
4361 if (S.getLangOptions().OpenCL && CondTy->isVectorType())
4364 // Emit the proper error message.
4365 S.Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), S.getLangOptions().OpenCL ?
4366 diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar :
4367 diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar_or_vector)
4372 /// \brief Return false if the two expressions can be converted to a vector,
4374 static bool checkConditionalConvertScalarsToVectors(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
4377 // Both operands should be of scalar type.
4378 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) {
4379 S.Diag(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4383 if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType()) {
4384 S.Diag(RHS.get()->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
4389 // Implicity convert these scalars to the type of the condition.
4390 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), CondTy, CK_IntegralCast);
4391 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), CondTy, CK_IntegralCast);
4395 /// \brief Handle when one or both operands are void type.
4396 static QualType checkConditionalVoidType(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
4398 Expr *LHSExpr = LHS.get();
4399 Expr *RHSExpr = RHS.get();
4401 if (!LHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
4402 S.Diag(RHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4403 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
4404 if (!RHSExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
4405 S.Diag(LHSExpr->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
4406 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange();
4407 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
4408 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), S.Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
4409 return S.Context.VoidTy;
4412 /// \brief Return false if the NullExpr can be promoted to PointerTy,
4414 static bool checkConditionalNullPointer(Sema &S, ExprResult &NullExpr,
4415 QualType PointerTy) {
4416 if ((!PointerTy->isAnyPointerType() && !PointerTy->isBlockPointerType()) ||
4417 !NullExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context,
4418 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
4421 NullExpr = S.ImpCastExprToType(NullExpr.take(), PointerTy, CK_NullToPointer);
4425 /// \brief Checks compatibility between two pointers and return the resulting
4427 static QualType checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
4429 SourceLocation Loc) {
4430 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4431 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4433 if (S.Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, RHSTy)) {
4434 // Two identical pointers types are always compatible.
4438 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
4440 // Get the pointee types.
4441 if (const BlockPointerType *LHSBTy = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
4442 lhptee = LHSBTy->getPointeeType();
4443 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4445 lhptee = LHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4446 rhptee = RHSTy->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4449 if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
4450 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
4451 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
4452 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
4453 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4454 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
4455 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
4456 // to get a consistent AST.
4457 QualType incompatTy = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
4458 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
4459 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
4463 // The pointer types are compatible.
4464 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
4465 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
4466 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
4468 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
4469 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
4471 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
4472 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
4476 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both block pointers.
4477 static QualType checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(Sema &S,
4480 SourceLocation Loc) {
4481 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4482 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4484 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
4485 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4486 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(S.Context.VoidTy);
4487 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
4488 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
4491 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4492 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
4493 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4497 // We have 2 block pointer types.
4498 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
4501 /// \brief Return the resulting type when the operands are both pointers.
4503 checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS,
4505 SourceLocation Loc) {
4506 // get the pointer types
4507 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4508 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4510 // get the "pointed to" types
4511 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4512 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4514 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
4515 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4516 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
4517 QualType destPointee
4518 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4519 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4520 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4521 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
4522 // Promote to void*.
4523 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
4526 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
4527 QualType destPointee
4528 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4529 QualType destType = S.Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4530 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4531 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
4532 // Promote to void*.
4533 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
4537 return checkConditionalPointerCompatibility(S, LHS, RHS, Loc);
4540 /// \brief Return false if the first expression is not an integer and the second
4541 /// expression is not a pointer, true otherwise.
4542 static bool checkPointerIntegerMismatch(Sema &S, ExprResult &Int,
4543 Expr* PointerExpr, SourceLocation Loc,
4544 bool IsIntFirstExpr) {
4545 if (!PointerExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
4546 !Int.get()->getType()->isIntegerType())
4549 Expr *Expr1 = IsIntFirstExpr ? Int.get() : PointerExpr;
4550 Expr *Expr2 = IsIntFirstExpr ? PointerExpr : Int.get();
4552 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
4553 << Expr1->getType() << Expr2->getType()
4554 << Expr1->getSourceRange() << Expr2->getSourceRange();
4555 Int = S.ImpCastExprToType(Int.take(), PointerExpr->getType(),
4556 CK_IntegralToPointer);
4560 /// Note that LHS is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
4561 /// In that case, LHS = cond.
4563 QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
4564 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
4566 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4568 ExprResult LHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
4569 if (!LHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
4570 LHS = move(LHSResult);
4572 ExprResult RHSResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
4573 if (!RHSResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
4574 RHS = move(RHSResult);
4576 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
4577 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4578 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
4583 Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.take());
4584 if (Cond.isInvalid())
4586 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take());
4587 if (LHS.isInvalid())
4589 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take());
4590 if (RHS.isInvalid())
4593 QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType();
4594 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4595 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4597 // first, check the condition.
4598 if (checkCondition(*this, Cond.get()))
4601 // Now check the two expressions.
4602 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
4603 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false);
4605 // OpenCL: If the condition is a vector, and both operands are scalar,
4606 // attempt to implicity convert them to the vector type to act like the
4608 if (getLangOptions().OpenCL && CondTy->isVectorType())
4609 if (checkConditionalConvertScalarsToVectors(*this, LHS, RHS, CondTy))
4612 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
4613 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
4614 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
4615 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
4616 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
4618 return LHS.get()->getType();
4621 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
4623 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
4624 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
4625 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
4626 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
4627 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
4628 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
4629 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
4632 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
4633 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
4634 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
4635 return checkConditionalVoidType(*this, LHS, RHS);
4638 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
4639 // the type of the other operand."
4640 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, RHS, LHSTy)) return LHSTy;
4641 if (!checkConditionalNullPointer(*this, LHS, RHSTy)) return RHSTy;
4643 // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
4644 QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
4646 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
4648 if (!compositeType.isNull())
4649 return compositeType;
4652 // Handle block pointer types.
4653 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType())
4654 return checkConditionalBlockPointerCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
4657 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
4658 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType())
4659 return checkConditionalObjectPointersCompatibility(*this, LHS, RHS,
4662 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch. Note that
4663 // null pointers have been filtered out by this point.
4664 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, LHS, RHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
4665 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/true))
4667 if (checkPointerIntegerMismatch(*this, RHS, LHS.get(), QuestionLoc,
4668 /*isIntFirstExpr=*/false))
4671 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
4672 // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most
4673 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
4674 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
4677 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
4678 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4679 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
4680 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4684 /// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
4685 /// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
4686 QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4687 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4688 QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
4689 QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();
4691 // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*. Here we case the result
4692 // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
4693 // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
4694 if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4695 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
4696 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
4699 if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
4700 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType()))) {
4701 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
4704 // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
4705 if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4706 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
4707 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
4710 if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
4711 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCIdRedefinitionType()))) {
4712 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
4715 // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
4716 if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
4717 (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
4718 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
4721 if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
4722 (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.getObjCSelRedefinitionType()))) {
4723 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast);
4726 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
4727 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4729 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
4730 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
4733 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4734 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4735 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
4737 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
4738 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
4739 // type. This allows
4740 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
4741 // where B is a subclass of A.
4743 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
4744 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
4745 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
4746 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
4748 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
4749 // It could return the composite type.
4750 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
4751 compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
4752 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
4753 compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
4754 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
4755 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
4756 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
4757 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
4758 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
4759 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
4760 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
4761 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4762 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
4763 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
4764 } else if (!(compositeType =
4765 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
4768 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4770 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4771 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
4772 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
4773 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
4776 // The object pointer types are compatible.
4777 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
4778 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
4779 return compositeType;
4781 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
4782 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4783 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4784 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4785 QualType destPointee
4786 = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
4787 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4788 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4789 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
4790 // Promote to void*.
4791 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
4794 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
4795 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4796 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4797 QualType destPointee
4798 = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
4799 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
4800 // Add qualifiers if necessary.
4801 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
4802 // Promote to void*.
4803 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
4809 /// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps
4810 /// ParenRange in parentheses.
4811 static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
4812 const PartialDiagnostic &Note,
4813 SourceRange ParenRange) {
4814 SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
4815 if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() &&
4817 Self.Diag(Loc, Note)
4818 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
4819 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
4821 // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note.
4822 Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange;
4826 static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
4827 return Opc >= BO_Mul && Opc <= BO_Shr;
4830 /// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary
4831 /// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator,
4832 /// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHSExprs to the right-hand side
4834 static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode,
4836 // Don't strip parenthesis: we should not warn if E is in parenthesis.
4837 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
4838 E = E->IgnoreConversionOperator();
4839 E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
4841 // Built-in binary operator.
4842 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
4843 if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) {
4844 *Opcode = OP->getOpcode();
4845 *RHSExprs = OP->getRHS();
4850 // Overloaded operator.
4851 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
4852 if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2)
4855 // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into
4856 // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op.
4857 OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator();
4858 if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow)
4861 BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO);
4862 if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) {
4864 *RHSExprs = Call->getArg(1);
4872 static bool IsLogicOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
4873 return (Opc >= BO_LT && Opc <= BO_NE) || (Opc >= BO_LAnd && Opc <= BO_LOr);
4876 /// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type
4877 /// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is
4878 /// commonly interpreted as boolean.
4879 static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) {
4880 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
4882 if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
4884 if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
4885 return IsLogicOp(OP->getOpcode());
4886 if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
4887 return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot;
4892 /// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator
4893 /// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed
4894 /// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example:
4895 /// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2".
4896 static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self,
4897 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4901 BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode;
4904 if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS))
4906 if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS))
4909 // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right-
4910 // hand side that looks boolean, so warn.
4912 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_conditional)
4913 << Condition->getSourceRange()
4914 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode);
4916 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
4917 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_silence)
4918 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode),
4919 SourceRange(Condition->getLocStart(), Condition->getLocEnd()));
4921 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
4922 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first),
4923 SourceRange(CondRHS->getLocStart(), RHSExpr->getLocEnd()));
4926 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
4927 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
4928 ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4929 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4930 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
4932 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
4933 // was the condition.
4934 OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = 0;
4935 Expr *commonExpr = 0;
4937 commonExpr = CondExpr;
4939 // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except
4940 // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional.
4941 if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
4942 && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent()
4943 && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind()
4944 && commonExpr->isGLValue()
4945 && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
4946 && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
4947 && Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) {
4948 ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr);
4949 if (commonRes.isInvalid())
4951 commonExpr = commonRes.take();
4954 opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(),
4955 commonExpr->getType(),
4956 commonExpr->getValueKind(),
4957 commonExpr->getObjectKind());
4958 LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue;
4961 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
4962 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
4963 ExprResult Cond = Owned(CondExpr), LHS = Owned(LHSExpr), RHS = Owned(RHSExpr);
4964 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS,
4965 VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
4966 if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() ||
4970 DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(),
4974 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(Cond.take(), QuestionLoc,
4975 LHS.take(), ColonLoc,
4976 RHS.take(), result, VK, OK));
4978 return Owned(new (Context)
4979 BinaryConditionalOperator(commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.take(), LHS.take(),
4980 RHS.take(), QuestionLoc, ColonLoc, result, VK,
4984 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
4985 // being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
4986 // routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
4987 // This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
4988 // FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
4989 static Sema::AssignConvertType
4990 checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
4991 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
4992 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
4994 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
4995 const Type *lhptee, *rhptee;
4996 Qualifiers lhq, rhq;
4997 llvm::tie(lhptee, lhq) = cast<PointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType().split();
4998 llvm::tie(rhptee, rhq) = cast<PointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType().split();
5000 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
5002 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
5003 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
5004 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
5007 // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay.
5008 if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() &&
5009 lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) {
5010 // Ignore lifetime for further calculation.
5011 lhq.removeObjCLifetime();
5012 rhq.removeObjCLifetime();
5015 if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) {
5016 // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal. TODO: address subspaces
5017 if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace())
5018 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
5020 // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to
5022 else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCGLifetime()
5023 .compatiblyIncludes(
5024 rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCGLifetime())
5025 && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType()))
5028 // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal.
5029 else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime())
5030 ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
5032 // For GCC compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated
5033 // as still compatible in C.
5034 else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
5037 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
5038 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
5039 // version of void...
5040 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
5041 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
5044 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
5045 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
5046 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
5049 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
5050 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
5053 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
5054 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
5055 return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
5058 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
5059 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
5060 QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0);
5061 if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) {
5062 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
5063 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
5064 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
5065 if (lhptee->isCharType())
5066 ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5067 else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
5068 ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans);
5070 if (rhptee->isCharType())
5071 rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5072 else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
5073 rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans);
5075 if (ltrans == rtrans) {
5076 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
5077 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
5078 // warning can be disabled.
5079 if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible)
5082 return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign;
5085 // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
5086 // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
5087 // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
5088 // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
5089 if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) {
5091 lhptee = cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
5092 rhptee = cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
5093 } while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee));
5095 if (lhptee == rhptee)
5096 return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
5099 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
5100 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
5102 if (!S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5103 S.IsNoReturnConversion(ltrans, rtrans, ltrans))
5104 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
5108 /// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
5109 /// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
5110 /// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
5112 static Sema::AssignConvertType
5113 checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
5115 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
5116 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");
5118 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
5120 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
5121 lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)->getPointeeType();
5122 rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(RHSType)->getPointeeType();
5124 // In C++, the types have to match exactly.
5125 if (S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5126 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
5128 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;
5130 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
5131 if (lhptee.getLocalQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalQualifiers())
5132 ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
5134 if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
5135 return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;
5140 /// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
5141 /// for assignment compatibility.
5142 static Sema::AssignConvertType
5143 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType LHSType,
5145 assert(LHSType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!");
5146 assert(RHSType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!");
5148 if (LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
5149 // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
5150 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() && !RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
5151 !RHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
5152 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
5153 return Sema::Compatible;
5155 if (RHSType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
5156 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() && !LHSType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
5157 !LHSType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
5158 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
5159 return Sema::Compatible;
5161 QualType lhptee = LHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5162 QualType rhptee = RHSType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5164 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
5165 return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
5167 if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType))
5168 return Sema::Compatible;
5169 if (LHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
5170 return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
5171 return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
5174 Sema::AssignConvertType
5175 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
5176 QualType LHSType, QualType RHSType) {
5177 // Fake up an opaque expression. We don't actually care about what
5178 // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints
5179 // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't
5180 // usually happen on valid code.
5181 OpaqueValueExpr RHSExpr(Loc, RHSType, VK_RValue);
5182 ExprResult RHSPtr = &RHSExpr;
5183 CastKind K = CK_Invalid;
5185 return CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSPtr, K);
5188 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
5189 /// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
5190 /// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
5194 /// struct foo *pfoo;
5196 /// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
5197 /// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
5198 /// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
5199 /// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
5201 /// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
5202 /// C99 spec dictates.
5204 /// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible.
5205 Sema::AssignConvertType
5206 Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
5208 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
5209 QualType OrigLHSType = LHSType;
5211 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
5213 LHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(LHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
5214 RHSType = Context.getCanonicalType(RHSType).getUnqualifiedType();
5216 // We can't do assignment from/to atomics yet.
5217 if (LHSType->isAtomicType())
5218 return Incompatible;
5220 // Common case: no conversion required.
5221 if (LHSType == RHSType) {
5226 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
5227 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
5228 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
5229 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
5230 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
5231 // LHSType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
5233 if (const ReferenceType *LHSTypeRef = LHSType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
5234 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSTypeRef->getPointeeType(), RHSType)) {
5235 Kind = CK_LValueBitCast;
5238 return Incompatible;
5241 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
5242 // to the same ExtVector type.
5243 if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) {
5244 if (RHSType->isExtVectorType())
5245 return Incompatible;
5246 if (RHSType->isArithmeticType()) {
5247 // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the
5249 QualType elType = cast<ExtVectorType>(LHSType)->getElementType();
5250 if (elType != RHSType) {
5251 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, elType);
5252 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), elType, Kind);
5254 Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
5259 // Conversions to or from vector type.
5260 if (LHSType->isVectorType() || RHSType->isVectorType()) {
5261 if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType()) {
5262 // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC
5263 // vector type and vice versa
5264 if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
5269 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
5270 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
5271 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
5272 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
5273 (Context.getTypeSize(LHSType) == Context.getTypeSize(RHSType))) {
5275 return IncompatibleVectors;
5278 return Incompatible;
5281 // Arithmetic conversions.
5282 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType() &&
5283 !(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && LHSType->isEnumeralType())) {
5284 Kind = PrepareScalarCast(RHS, LHSType);
5288 // Conversions to normal pointers.
5289 if (const PointerType *LHSPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(LHSType)) {
5291 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
5293 return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
5297 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
5298 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null?
5299 return IntToPointer;
5302 // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
5303 // with two exceptions:
5304 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
5305 // - conversions to void*
5306 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
5311 // - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type
5312 if (RHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
5313 Context.hasSameType(LHSType,
5314 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
5320 return IncompatiblePointer;
5324 if (RHSType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
5325 if (LHSPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
5331 return Incompatible;
5334 // Conversions to block pointers.
5335 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(LHSType)) {
5337 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
5339 return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
5342 // int or null -> T^
5343 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
5344 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
5345 return IntToBlockPointer;
5349 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && RHSType->isObjCIdType()) {
5350 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
5355 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
5356 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
5357 Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
5361 return Incompatible;
5364 // Conversions to Objective-C pointers.
5365 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(LHSType)) {
5367 if (RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5369 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
5370 checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, LHSType, RHSType);
5371 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5372 result == Compatible &&
5373 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(OrigLHSType, RHSType))
5374 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
5378 // int or null -> A*
5379 if (RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
5380 Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
5381 return IntToPointer;
5384 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
5385 // with two exceptions:
5386 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
5387 Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5389 // - conversions from 'void*'
5390 if (RHSType->isVoidPointerType()) {
5394 // - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type
5395 if (LHSType->isObjCClassType() &&
5396 Context.hasSameType(RHSType,
5397 Context.getObjCClassRedefinitionType())) {
5401 return IncompatiblePointer;
5405 if (RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
5406 maybeExtendBlockObject(*this, RHS);
5407 Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
5411 return Incompatible;
5414 // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above.
5415 if (isa<PointerType>(RHSType)) {
5417 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
5418 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
5423 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
5424 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
5425 return PointerToInt;
5428 return Incompatible;
5431 // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above.
5432 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(RHSType)) {
5434 if (LHSType == Context.BoolTy) {
5435 Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
5440 if (LHSType->isIntegerType()) {
5441 Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
5442 return PointerToInt;
5445 return Incompatible;
5448 // struct A -> struct B
5449 if (isa<TagType>(LHSType) && isa<TagType>(RHSType)) {
5450 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
5456 return Incompatible;
5459 /// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
5460 /// used to initialize the transparent union.
5461 static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C,
5462 ExprResult &EResult, QualType UnionType,
5464 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
5465 // of the transparent union.
5466 Expr *E = EResult.take();
5467 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
5470 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
5471 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
5473 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
5474 // union type from this initializer list.
5475 TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
5477 new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
5478 VK_RValue, Initializer, false));
5481 Sema::AssignConvertType
5482 Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
5484 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
5486 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
5487 // transparent_union GCC extension.
5488 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
5489 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
5490 return Incompatible;
5492 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
5493 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
5494 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
5495 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
5496 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
5497 itend = UD->field_end();
5498 it != itend; ++it) {
5499 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
5500 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
5502 // 2) null pointer constant
5503 if (RHSType->isPointerType())
5504 if (RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
5505 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast);
5510 if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5511 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5512 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), it->getType(),
5519 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
5520 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), RHS, Kind)
5522 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), it->getType(), Kind);
5529 return Incompatible;
5531 ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, RHS, ArgType, InitField);
5535 Sema::AssignConvertType
5536 Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS,
5538 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5539 if (!LHSType->isRecordType() && !LHSType->isAtomicType()) {
5540 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
5541 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
5542 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
5543 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(),
5544 LHSType.getUnqualifiedType(),
5545 AA_Assigning, Diagnose);
5546 if (Res.isInvalid())
5547 return Incompatible;
5548 Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible;
5549 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5550 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(LHSType,
5551 RHS.get()->getType()))
5552 result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
5557 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
5559 // FIXME: We also fall through for atomics; not sure what should
5560 // happen there, though.
5563 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
5564 // a null pointer constant.
5565 if ((LHSType->isPointerType() ||
5566 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
5567 LHSType->isBlockPointerType())
5568 && RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5569 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5570 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
5574 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
5575 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
5576 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
5577 // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
5579 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
5580 if (!LHSType->isReferenceType()) {
5581 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
5582 if (RHS.isInvalid())
5583 return Incompatible;
5586 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
5587 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
5588 CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS, Kind);
5590 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
5591 // type of the assignment expression.
5592 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
5593 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
5594 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
5595 // does not have reference type.
5596 if (result != Incompatible && RHS.get()->getType() != LHSType)
5597 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(),
5598 LHSType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), Kind);
5602 QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
5604 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
5605 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5606 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5610 QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
5611 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
5612 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
5613 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
5615 Context.getCanonicalType(LHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
5617 Context.getCanonicalType(RHS.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
5619 // If the vector types are identical, return.
5620 if (LHSType == RHSType)
5623 // Handle the case of equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types
5624 if (LHSType->isVectorType() && RHSType->isVectorType() &&
5625 Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(LHSType, RHSType)) {
5626 if (LHSType->isExtVectorType()) {
5627 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
5632 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
5636 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
5637 Context.getTypeSize(LHSType) == Context.getTypeSize(RHSType)) {
5638 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
5639 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a
5640 // bitcast; no bits are changed but the result type is different.
5641 // FIXME: Should we really be allowing this?
5642 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
5646 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
5647 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
5648 bool swapped = false;
5649 if (RHSType->isExtVectorType() && !IsCompAssign) {
5651 std::swap(RHS, LHS);
5652 std::swap(RHSType, LHSType);
5655 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
5656 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = LHSType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
5657 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
5658 if (EltTy->isIntegralType(Context) && RHSType->isIntegralType(Context)) {
5659 int order = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, RHSType);
5661 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), EltTy, CK_IntegralCast);
5663 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_VectorSplat);
5664 if (swapped) std::swap(RHS, LHS);
5668 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && RHSType->isScalarType() &&
5669 RHSType->isRealFloatingType()) {
5670 int order = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, RHSType);
5672 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), EltTy, CK_FloatingCast);
5674 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_VectorSplat);
5675 if (swapped) std::swap(RHS, LHS);
5681 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
5682 if (swapped) std::swap(RHS, LHS);
5683 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
5684 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5685 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5689 // checkArithmeticNull - Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an
5690 // expression. These are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an
5691 // integer instead of a pointer.
5692 static void checkArithmeticNull(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
5693 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompare) {
5694 // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant,
5695 // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively
5696 // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow.
5697 bool LHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5698 bool RHSNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5700 QualType NonNullType = LHSNull ? RHS.get()->getType() : LHS.get()->getType();
5702 // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and
5703 // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about.
5704 if ((!LHSNull && !RHSNull) || NonNullType->isBlockPointerType() ||
5705 NonNullType->isMemberPointerType() || NonNullType->isFunctionType())
5708 // Comparison operations would not make sense with a null pointer no matter
5709 // what the other expression is.
5711 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation)
5712 << (LHSNull ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
5713 << (RHSNull ? RHS.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
5717 // The rest of the operations only make sense with a null pointer
5718 // if the other expression is a pointer.
5719 if (LHSNull == RHSNull || NonNullType->isAnyPointerType() ||
5720 NonNullType->canDecayToPointerType())
5723 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_null_in_comparison_operation)
5724 << LHSNull /* LHS is NULL */ << NonNullType
5725 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5728 QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
5730 bool IsCompAssign, bool IsDiv) {
5731 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
5733 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
5734 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
5735 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
5737 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
5738 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5741 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
5742 !RHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType())
5743 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
5745 // Check for division by zero.
5747 RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5748 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
5749 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
5750 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
5755 QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
5756 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
5757 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
5759 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
5760 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5761 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
5762 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
5763 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
5764 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
5767 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, IsCompAssign);
5768 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5771 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() ||
5772 !RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType())
5773 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
5775 // Check for remainder by zero.
5776 if (RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
5777 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
5778 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(), PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
5779 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
5784 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers.
5785 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
5786 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
5787 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
5788 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
5789 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5790 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
5791 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
5794 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer.
5795 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
5797 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
5798 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
5799 : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
5800 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange();
5803 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers.
5804 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
5805 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
5806 assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
5807 assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
5808 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
5809 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
5810 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5811 << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
5812 // We only show the second type if it differs from the first.
5813 << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(),
5815 << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
5816 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
5819 /// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer.
5820 static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
5822 assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
5823 S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
5824 ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
5825 : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
5826 << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType()
5827 << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */
5828 << Pointer->getSourceRange();
5831 /// \brief Emit error if Operand is incomplete pointer type
5833 /// \returns True if pointer has incomplete type
5834 static bool checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
5836 if ((Operand->getType()->isPointerType() &&
5837 !Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
5838 Operand->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5839 QualType PointeeTy = Operand->getType()->getPointeeType();
5840 if (S.RequireCompleteType(
5842 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
5843 << PointeeTy << Operand->getSourceRange()))
5849 /// \brief Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand.
5851 /// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types
5852 /// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed
5853 /// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an
5856 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
5857 static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
5859 if (!Operand->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) return true;
5861 QualType PointeeTy = Operand->getType()->getPointeeType();
5862 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
5863 diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
5864 return !S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
5866 if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
5867 diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
5868 return !S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
5871 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, Operand)) return false;
5876 /// \brief Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer
5879 /// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much
5880 /// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic
5881 /// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS
5882 /// are (potentially problematic) pointers.
5884 /// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
5885 static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
5886 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
5887 bool isLHSPointer = LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
5888 bool isRHSPointer = RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
5889 if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true;
5891 QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy;
5892 if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
5893 if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHSExpr->getType()->getPointeeType();
5895 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
5896 bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
5897 bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
5898 if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) {
5899 if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
5900 else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHSExpr);
5901 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
5903 return !S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
5906 bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
5907 bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
5908 if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) {
5909 if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHSExpr);
5910 else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc,
5912 else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
5914 return !S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
5917 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, LHSExpr)) return false;
5918 if (checkArithmeticIncompletePointerType(S, Loc, RHSExpr)) return false;
5923 /// \brief Check bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5924 static bool checkArithmethicPointerOnNonFragileABI(Sema &S,
5925 SourceLocation OpLoc,
5927 assert(Op->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
5928 QualType PointeeTy = Op->getType()->getPointeeType();
5929 if (!PointeeTy->isObjCObjectType() || !S.LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI)
5932 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
5933 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
5937 /// \brief Emit error when two pointers are incompatible.
5938 static void diagnosePointerIncompatibility(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
5939 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
5940 assert(LHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
5941 assert(RHSExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
5942 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
5943 << LHSExpr->getType() << RHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
5944 << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
5947 QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
5948 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
5949 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
5951 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
5952 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
5953 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy);
5954 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5958 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
5959 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5962 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
5963 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
5964 RHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
5965 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
5969 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
5970 Expr* PExp = LHS.get(), *IExp = RHS.get();
5971 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
5972 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
5974 if (!PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
5975 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
5977 if (!IExp->getType()->isIntegerType())
5978 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
5980 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp))
5983 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
5984 if (!checkArithmethicPointerOnNonFragileABI(*this, Loc, PExp))
5987 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
5988 CheckArrayAccess(PExp, IExp);
5991 QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(LHS.get());
5992 if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
5993 LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5994 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
5995 LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
6000 return PExp->getType();
6004 QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6006 QualType* CompLHSTy) {
6007 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
6009 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6010 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
6011 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, CompLHSTy);
6012 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
6016 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, CompLHSTy);
6017 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6020 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
6022 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
6023 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
6024 RHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
6025 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
6029 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
6030 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
6031 QualType lpointee = LHS.get()->getType()->getPointeeType();
6033 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
6034 if (!checkArithmethicPointerOnNonFragileABI(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
6037 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
6038 if (RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
6039 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, LHS.get()))
6042 Expr *IExpr = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts();
6043 UnaryOperator negRex(IExpr, UO_Minus, IExpr->getType(), VK_RValue,
6044 OK_Ordinary, IExpr->getExprLoc());
6045 // Check array bounds for pointer arithemtic
6046 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenCasts(), &negRex);
6048 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6049 return LHS.get()->getType();
6052 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
6053 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy
6054 = RHS.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
6055 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
6057 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6058 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
6059 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
6060 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
6063 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
6064 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
6065 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
6066 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
6067 diagnosePointerIncompatibility(*this, Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
6072 if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc,
6073 LHS.get(), RHS.get()))
6076 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
6077 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
6081 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6084 static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) {
6085 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
6086 return ET->getDecl()->isScoped();
6090 static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6091 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6094 // Check right/shifter operand
6095 if (RHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
6096 !RHS.get()->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, S.Context))
6099 if (Right.isNegative()) {
6100 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
6101 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative)
6102 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
6105 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
6106 S.Context.getTypeSize(LHS.get()->getType()));
6107 if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) {
6108 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, RHS.get(),
6109 S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth)
6110 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange());
6116 // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which
6117 // according to C++ has undefined behavior ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned
6118 // integers have defined behavior modulo one more than the maximum value
6119 // representable in the result type, so never warn for those.
6121 if (LHS.get()->isValueDependent() ||
6122 !LHS.get()->isIntegerConstantExpr(Left, S.Context) ||
6123 LHSType->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
6125 llvm::APInt ResultBits =
6126 static_cast<llvm::APInt&>(Right) + Left.getMinSignedBits();
6127 if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits))
6129 llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue());
6130 Result = Result.shl(Right);
6132 // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned
6133 // hexadecimal number.
6134 llvm::SmallString<40> HexResult;
6135 Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true);
6137 // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual
6138 // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the
6139 // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be
6140 // turned off separately if needed.
6141 if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) {
6142 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit)
6143 << HexResult.str() << LHSType
6144 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6148 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth)
6149 << HexResult.str() << Result.getMinSignedBits() << LHSType
6150 << Left.getBitWidth() << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6151 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6155 QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6156 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
6157 bool IsCompAssign) {
6158 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
6160 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
6161 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
6162 !RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
6163 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6165 // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than
6166 // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this.
6167 if (isScopedEnumerationType(LHS.get()->getType()) ||
6168 isScopedEnumerationType(RHS.get()->getType())) {
6169 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6172 // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
6173 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6174 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
6175 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
6177 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
6178 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
6180 // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away
6181 // if this is a compound assignment.
6182 ExprResult OldLHS = LHS;
6183 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take());
6184 if (LHS.isInvalid())
6186 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
6187 if (IsCompAssign) LHS = OldLHS;
6189 // The RHS is simpler.
6190 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take());
6191 if (RHS.isInvalid())
6194 // Sanity-check shift operands
6195 DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, Opc, LHSType);
6197 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
6201 static bool IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(Decl *D) {
6202 if (DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()) {
6203 if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC))
6205 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
6206 return FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
6211 /// If two different enums are compared, raise a warning.
6212 static void checkEnumComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
6214 QualType LHSStrippedType = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
6215 QualType RHSStrippedType = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
6217 const EnumType *LHSEnumType = LHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
6220 const EnumType *RHSEnumType = RHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>();
6224 // Ignore anonymous enums.
6225 if (!LHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
6227 if (!RHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
6230 if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType))
6233 S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comparison_of_mixed_enum_types)
6234 << LHSStrippedType << RHSStrippedType
6235 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6238 /// \brief Diagnose bad pointer comparisons.
6239 static void diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6240 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6242 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers
6243 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
6244 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
6245 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6248 /// \brief Returns false if the pointers are converted to a composite type,
6250 static bool convertPointersToCompositeType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6251 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS) {
6252 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
6253 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
6254 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
6255 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
6256 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
6258 // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
6259 // comparisons of pointers.
6262 // In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
6263 // member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
6264 // (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
6265 // them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
6266 // the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
6267 // common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
6268 // of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
6269 // that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
6272 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
6273 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
6274 assert((LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) ||
6275 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() && RHSType->isMemberPointerType()));
6277 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
6278 bool *BoolPtr = S.isSFINAEContext() ? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType;
6279 QualType T = S.FindCompositePointerType(Loc, LHS, RHS, BoolPtr);
6281 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(S, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/true);
6285 if (NonStandardCompositeType)
6286 S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
6287 << LHSType << RHSType << T << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6288 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6290 LHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), T, CK_BitCast);
6291 RHS = S.ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), T, CK_BitCast);
6295 static void diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
6299 S.Diag(Loc, IsError ? diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void
6300 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
6301 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
6302 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6305 // C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
6306 QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6307 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
6308 bool IsRelational) {
6309 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/true);
6311 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = (BinaryOperatorKind) OpaqueOpc;
6313 // Handle vector comparisons separately.
6314 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6315 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
6316 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsRelational);
6318 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
6319 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
6321 Expr *LHSStripped = LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6322 Expr *RHSStripped = RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6324 checkEnumComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS);
6326 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
6327 !(LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && IsRelational) &&
6328 !LHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
6329 !RHS.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID()) {
6330 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
6331 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
6332 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
6334 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro
6335 // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self
6336 // comparisons within a template specialization. The warnings should catch
6337 // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to
6338 // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same
6340 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped)) {
6341 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped)) {
6342 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
6343 !IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(DRL->getDecl())) {
6344 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
6349 } else if (LHSType->isArrayType() && RHSType->isArrayType() &&
6350 !DRL->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType() &&
6351 !DRR->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
6352 // what is it always going to eval to?
6353 char always_evals_to;
6355 case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2
6356 always_evals_to = 0; // false
6358 case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2
6359 always_evals_to = 1; // true
6362 // best we can say is 'a constant'
6363 always_evals_to = 2; // e.g. array1 <= array2
6366 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
6368 << always_evals_to);
6373 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
6374 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
6375 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
6376 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
6378 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
6379 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
6380 Expr *literalString = 0;
6381 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
6382 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
6383 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6384 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
6385 literalString = LHS.get();
6386 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
6387 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
6388 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
6389 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6390 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
6391 literalString = RHS.get();
6392 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
6395 if (literalString) {
6396 std::string resultComparison;
6398 case BO_LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
6399 case BO_GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
6400 case BO_LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
6401 case BO_GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
6402 case BO_EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
6403 case BO_NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
6404 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid comparison operator");
6407 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0,
6408 PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
6409 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
6410 << literalString->getSourceRange());
6414 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
6415 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
6416 RHS.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
6417 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
6418 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
6422 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take());
6423 if (LHS.isInvalid())
6426 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take());
6427 if (RHS.isInvalid())
6431 LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
6432 RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
6434 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
6435 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
6438 if (LHSType->isRealType() && RHSType->isRealType())
6441 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
6442 if (LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
6443 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
6445 if (LHSType->isArithmeticType() && RHSType->isArithmeticType())
6449 bool LHSIsNull = LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6450 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
6451 bool RHSIsNull = RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
6452 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
6454 // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except
6455 // when handling null pointer constants.
6456 if (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
6457 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
6458 LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
6459 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
6460 RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getCanonicalType();
6462 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6463 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
6465 if (!IsRelational &&
6466 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
6467 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
6468 // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
6469 // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain
6470 // conformance with the C++ standard.
6471 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
6472 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
6473 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(
6474 *this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/ isSFINAEContext());
6476 if (isSFINAEContext())
6479 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
6484 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
6489 // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
6490 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
6491 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
6492 // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
6493 if (IsRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
6494 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
6495 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6496 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6498 } else if (!IsRelational &&
6499 (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
6500 // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
6501 if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
6502 && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
6503 diagnoseFunctionPointerToVoidComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
6507 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS, /*isError*/false);
6509 if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) {
6510 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
6511 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
6513 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
6518 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6519 // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
6520 if (LHSType->isNullPtrType() && RHSType->isNullPtrType())
6523 // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
6524 // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
6526 ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() || LHSType->isNullPtrType()) ||
6528 (LHSType->isMemberPointerType() || LHSType->isBlockPointerType())))) {
6529 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType,
6530 LHSType->isMemberPointerType()
6531 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
6532 : CK_NullToPointer);
6536 ((RHSType->isAnyPointerType() || RHSType->isNullPtrType()) ||
6538 (RHSType->isMemberPointerType() || RHSType->isBlockPointerType())))) {
6539 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType,
6540 RHSType->isMemberPointerType()
6541 ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
6542 : CK_NullToPointer);
6546 // Comparison of member pointers.
6547 if (!IsRelational &&
6548 LHSType->isMemberPointerType() && RHSType->isMemberPointerType()) {
6549 if (convertPointersToCompositeType(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS))
6555 // Handle scoped enumeration types specifically, since they don't promote
6557 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isEnumeralType() &&
6558 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS.get()->getType(),
6559 RHS.get()->getType()))
6563 // Handle block pointer types.
6564 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() &&
6565 RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
6566 QualType lpointee = LHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6567 QualType rpointee = RHSType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
6569 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
6570 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
6571 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
6572 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6573 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6575 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
6579 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
6581 && ((LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isPointerType())
6582 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
6583 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
6584 if (!((RHSType->isPointerType() && RHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
6585 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
6586 || (LHSType->isPointerType() && LHSType->castAs<PointerType>()
6587 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
6588 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
6589 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6590 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6592 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
6593 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType,
6594 RHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
6595 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
6597 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType,
6598 LHSType->isPointerType() ? CK_BitCast
6599 : CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast);
6603 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
6604 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6605 const PointerType *LPT = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
6606 const PointerType *RPT = RHSType->getAs<PointerType>();
6608 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
6609 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
6611 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
6612 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LHSType, RHSType)) {
6613 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
6616 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
6617 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType,
6618 RPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6620 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType,
6621 LPT ? CK_BitCast :CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast);
6624 if (LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
6625 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
6626 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(LHSType, RHSType))
6627 diagnoseDistinctPointerComparison(*this, Loc, LHS, RHS,
6629 if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
6630 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_BitCast);
6632 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_BitCast);
6636 if ((LHSType->isAnyPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
6637 (LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isAnyPointerType())) {
6638 unsigned DiagID = 0;
6639 bool isError = false;
6640 if ((LHSIsNull && LHSType->isIntegerType()) ||
6641 (RHSIsNull && RHSType->isIntegerType())) {
6642 if (IsRelational && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6643 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
6644 } else if (IsRelational && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
6645 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
6646 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6647 DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
6650 DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
6654 << LHSType << RHSType << LHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6655 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
6660 if (LHSType->isIntegerType())
6661 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType,
6662 LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
6664 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType,
6665 RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
6669 // Handle block pointers.
6670 if (!IsRelational && RHSIsNull
6671 && LHSType->isBlockPointerType() && RHSType->isIntegerType()) {
6672 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
6675 if (!IsRelational && LHSIsNull
6676 && LHSType->isIntegerType() && RHSType->isBlockPointerType()) {
6677 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSType, CK_NullToPointer);
6681 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6684 /// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
6685 /// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
6686 /// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
6688 QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6690 bool IsRelational) {
6691 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
6692 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
6693 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/false);
6697 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
6698 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
6700 // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e.
6701 // bool for C++, int for C
6702 if (vType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector)
6703 return Context.getLogicalOperationType();
6705 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
6706 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
6707 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
6708 if (!LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
6709 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParens()))
6710 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens()))
6711 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
6712 DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0,
6713 PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
6715 << 2 // "a constant"
6719 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
6720 if (!IsRelational && LHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
6721 assert (RHSType->hasFloatingRepresentation());
6722 CheckFloatComparison(Loc, LHS.get(), RHS.get());
6725 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
6726 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
6727 // elements for floating point vectors.
6728 if (LHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
6731 const VectorType *VTy = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
6732 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
6733 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
6734 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
6735 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
6736 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
6738 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
6739 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
6740 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
6743 inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
6744 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign) {
6745 checkArithmeticNull(*this, LHS, RHS, Loc, /*isCompare=*/false);
6747 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType() ||
6748 RHS.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
6749 if (LHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
6750 RHS.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
6751 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, Loc, IsCompAssign);
6753 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6756 ExprResult LHSResult = Owned(LHS), RHSResult = Owned(RHS);
6757 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHSResult, RHSResult,
6759 if (LHSResult.isInvalid() || RHSResult.isInvalid())
6761 LHS = LHSResult.take();
6762 RHS = RHSResult.take();
6764 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
6765 RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
6767 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6770 inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
6771 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc) {
6773 // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a
6774 // bitwise one. We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS
6776 if (LHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
6777 !LHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
6778 RHS.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !RHS.get()->isValueDependent() &&
6779 // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations.
6780 !Loc.isMacroID() && ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
6781 // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something
6782 // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that
6783 // happened to fold to true/false) then warn.
6784 // Parens on the RHS are ignored.
6785 Expr::EvalResult Result;
6786 if (RHS.get()->Evaluate(Result, Context) && !Result.HasSideEffects)
6787 if ((getLangOptions().Bool && !RHS.get()->getType()->isBooleanType()) ||
6788 (Result.Val.getInt() != 0 && Result.Val.getInt() != 1)) {
6789 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise)
6790 << RHS.get()->getSourceRange()
6791 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||");
6792 // Suggest replacing the logical operator with the bitwise version
6793 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_change_operator)
6794 << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|")
6795 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(
6796 Loc, Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(Loc, 0, getSourceManager(),
6798 Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|");
6800 // Suggest replacing "Foo() && kNonZero" with "Foo()"
6801 Diag(Loc, diag::note_logical_instead_of_bitwise_remove_constant)
6802 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6804 Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(LHS.get()->getLocEnd(),
6805 0, getSourceManager(),
6807 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()));
6811 if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
6812 LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take());
6813 if (LHS.isInvalid())
6816 RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take());
6817 if (RHS.isInvalid())
6820 if (!LHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType() ||
6821 !RHS.get()->getType()->isScalarType())
6822 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6824 return Context.IntTy;
6827 // The following is safe because we only use this method for
6828 // non-overloadable operands.
6830 // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
6831 // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
6832 // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool.
6833 ExprResult LHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(LHS.get());
6834 if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
6835 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6838 ExprResult RHSRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(RHS.get());
6839 if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
6840 return InvalidOperands(Loc, LHS, RHS);
6843 // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
6844 // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
6845 // The result is a bool.
6846 return Context.BoolTy;
6849 /// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
6850 /// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
6851 /// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
6853 static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
6854 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
6855 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
6856 if (PropExpr->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
6858 ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getExplicitProperty();
6859 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->isSuperReceiver() ?
6860 PropExpr->getSuperReceiverType() :
6861 PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
6863 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
6864 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
6865 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
6866 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
6872 static bool IsConstProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
6873 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
6874 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
6875 if (PropExpr->isImplicitProperty()) return false;
6877 ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getExplicitProperty();
6878 QualType T = PDecl->getType();
6879 if (T->isReferenceType())
6880 T = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
6881 CanQualType CT = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6882 return CT.isConstQualified();
6887 static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
6888 if (E->getStmtClass() != Expr::MemberExprClass)
6890 const MemberExpr *ME = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
6891 NamedDecl *Member = ME->getMemberDecl();
6892 if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
6893 Expr *Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6894 if (Base->getStmtClass() != Expr::ObjCMessageExprClass)
6896 return cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Base)->getMethodDecl() != 0;
6901 /// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
6902 /// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
6903 static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
6904 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
6905 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
6907 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
6908 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
6909 else if (Expr::MLV_ConstQualified && IsConstProperty(E, S))
6910 IsLV = Expr::MLV_Valid;
6911 else if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S))
6912 IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression;
6913 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
6917 bool NeedType = false;
6918 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
6919 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified:
6920 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const;
6922 // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we
6923 // infer 'const'. These are always pseudo-strong variables.
6924 if (S.getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
6925 DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts());
6926 if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) {
6927 VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl());
6929 // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the
6930 // user actually wrote 'const'.
6931 if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() &&
6932 (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() ||
6933 !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) {
6934 // There are two pseudo-strong cases:
6936 ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl();
6937 if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl())
6938 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_self;
6940 // - fast enumeration variables
6942 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration;
6946 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
6947 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
6948 // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool
6956 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
6957 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
6960 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
6961 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
6964 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
6965 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
6967 case Expr::MLV_Valid:
6968 llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
6969 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
6970 case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
6971 case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
6972 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
6974 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
6975 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
6976 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
6977 S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
6978 << E->getSourceRange());
6979 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
6980 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
6982 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
6983 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
6985 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
6986 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
6988 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
6989 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
6991 case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression:
6992 Diag = diag::error_readonly_message_assignment;
6994 case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
6995 Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
7001 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
7003 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
7005 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
7012 QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS,
7014 QualType CompoundType) {
7015 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
7016 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHSExpr, Loc, *this))
7019 QualType LHSType = LHSExpr->getType();
7020 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() :
7022 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
7023 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
7024 QualType LHSTy(LHSType);
7025 // Simple assignment "x = y".
7026 if (LHSExpr->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
7027 ExprResult LHSResult = Owned(LHSExpr);
7028 ConvertPropertyForLValue(LHSResult, RHS, LHSTy);
7029 if (LHSResult.isInvalid())
7031 LHSExpr = LHSResult.take();
7033 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
7034 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7036 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
7037 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
7038 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
7039 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
7040 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
7041 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
7042 ConvTy = Compatible;
7044 if (ConvTy == Compatible &&
7045 getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI &&
7046 LHSType->isObjCObjectType())
7047 Diag(Loc, diag::err_assignment_requires_nonfragile_object)
7050 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
7051 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
7052 // instead of "x += 4".
7053 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get();
7054 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
7055 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
7056 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
7057 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ||
7058 UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) &&
7059 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
7060 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
7061 Loc.getLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
7062 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
7063 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
7064 Loc.getLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
7065 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
7066 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
7067 << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-")
7068 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
7072 if (ConvTy == Compatible) {
7073 if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
7074 checkRetainCycles(LHSExpr, RHS.get());
7075 else if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount)
7076 checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHSExpr, RHS.get());
7079 // Compound assignment "x += y"
7080 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType);
7083 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
7084 RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
7087 CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHSExpr);
7089 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
7090 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
7091 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
7092 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
7093 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
7094 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
7096 return (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
7097 ? LHSType : LHSType.getUnqualifiedType());
7101 static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7102 SourceLocation Loc) {
7103 S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get());
7105 LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.take());
7106 RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.take());
7107 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
7110 // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its
7111 // operands, but not unary promotions.
7112 // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1).
7114 // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the
7115 // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS.
7116 LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.take());
7117 if (LHS.isInvalid())
7120 if (!S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7121 RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
7122 if (RHS.isInvalid())
7124 if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType())
7125 S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(),
7126 diag::err_incomplete_type);
7129 return RHS.get()->getType();
7132 /// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
7133 /// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
7134 static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op,
7136 SourceLocation OpLoc,
7137 bool IsInc, bool IsPrefix) {
7138 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
7139 return S.Context.DependentTy;
7141 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
7142 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
7144 if (S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
7145 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
7147 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
7150 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
7151 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
7152 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
7154 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
7155 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
7156 if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op))
7159 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
7160 else if (!checkArithmethicPointerOnNonFragileABI(S, OpLoc, Op))
7162 } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
7163 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
7164 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
7165 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
7166 } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) {
7167 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
7168 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
7169 return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.take(), VK, OpLoc,
7171 } else if (S.getLangOptions().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) {
7172 // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 )
7174 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
7175 << ResType << int(IsInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
7178 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
7179 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
7180 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S))
7182 // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise
7183 // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the
7185 if (IsPrefix && S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7190 return ResType.getUnqualifiedType();
7194 ExprResult Sema::ConvertPropertyForRValue(Expr *E) {
7195 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_LValue &&
7196 E->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty);
7197 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE = E->getObjCProperty();
7199 QualType T = E->getType();
7200 QualType ReceiverType;
7201 if (PRE->isObjectReceiver())
7202 ReceiverType = PRE->getBase()->getType();
7203 else if (PRE->isSuperReceiver())
7204 ReceiverType = PRE->getSuperReceiverType();
7206 ReceiverType = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(PRE->getClassReceiver());
7208 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
7209 if (PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
7210 if (ObjCMethodDecl *GetterMethod =
7211 PRE->getImplicitPropertyGetter()) {
7212 T = getMessageSendResultType(ReceiverType, GetterMethod,
7213 PRE->isClassReceiver(),
7214 PRE->isSuperReceiver());
7215 VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(GetterMethod->getResultType());
7218 Diag(PRE->getLocation(), diag::err_getter_not_found)
7219 << PRE->getBase()->getType();
7223 // lvalue-ness of an explicit property is determined by
7225 QualType ResT = PRE->getGetterResultType();
7226 VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResT);
7229 E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_GetObjCProperty,
7232 ExprResult Result = MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
7233 if (!Result.isInvalid())
7239 void Sema::ConvertPropertyForLValue(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7241 assert(LHS.get()->getValueKind() == VK_LValue &&
7242 LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty);
7243 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PropRef = LHS.get()->getObjCProperty();
7245 bool Consumed = false;
7247 if (PropRef->isImplicitProperty()) {
7248 // If using property-dot syntax notation for assignment, and there is a
7249 // setter, RHS expression is being passed to the setter argument. So,
7250 // type conversion (and comparison) is RHS to setter's argument type.
7251 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *SetterMD = PropRef->getImplicitPropertySetter()) {
7252 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator P = SetterMD->param_begin();
7253 LHSTy = (*P)->getType();
7254 Consumed = (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7255 (*P)->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>());
7257 // Otherwise, if the getter returns an l-value, just call that.
7259 QualType Result = PropRef->getImplicitPropertyGetter()->getResultType();
7260 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(Result);
7261 if (VK == VK_LValue) {
7262 LHS = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, LHS.get()->getType(),
7263 CK_GetObjCProperty, LHS.take(), 0, VK);
7267 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
7268 const ObjCMethodDecl *setter
7269 = PropRef->getExplicitProperty()->getSetterMethodDecl();
7271 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator P = setter->param_begin();
7272 LHSTy = (*P)->getType();
7273 Consumed = (*P)->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>();
7277 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && LHSTy->isRecordType()) ||
7278 getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
7279 InitializedEntity Entity =
7280 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, LHSTy, Consumed);
7281 ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), RHS);
7282 if (!ArgE.isInvalid()) {
7284 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && !PropRef->isSuperReceiver())
7285 checkRetainCycles(const_cast<Expr*>(PropRef->getBase()), RHS.get());
7291 /// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
7292 /// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
7293 /// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
7294 /// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
7295 /// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
7297 /// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
7299 /// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
7300 /// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
7301 /// - &"123"[2] -> 0
7302 /// - & __real__ x -> x
7303 static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
7304 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
7305 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
7306 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
7307 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
7308 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
7309 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
7311 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
7313 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
7314 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
7315 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
7316 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
7317 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
7318 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
7319 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
7320 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
7321 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
7325 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
7326 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
7328 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
7332 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
7337 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
7338 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
7339 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
7340 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
7341 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
7342 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
7351 AO_Vector_Element = 1,
7352 AO_Property_Expansion = 2,
7353 AO_Register_Variable = 3,
7357 /// \brief Diagnose invalid operand for address of operations.
7359 /// \param Type The type of operand which cannot have its address taken.
7360 static void diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
7361 Expr *E, unsigned Type) {
7362 S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of) << Type << E->getSourceRange();
7365 /// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
7366 /// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
7367 /// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
7368 /// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
7369 /// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
7370 /// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
7371 /// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
7372 static QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(Sema &S, Expr *OrigOp,
7373 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
7374 if (OrigOp->isTypeDependent())
7375 return S.Context.DependentTy;
7376 if (OrigOp->getType() == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
7377 if (!isa<OverloadExpr>(OrigOp->IgnoreParens())) {
7378 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
7379 << OrigOp->getSourceRange();
7383 return S.Context.OverloadTy;
7385 if (OrigOp->getType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy)
7386 return S.Context.UnknownAnyTy;
7387 if (OrigOp->getType() == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) {
7388 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
7389 << OrigOp->getSourceRange();
7393 assert(!OrigOp->getType()->isPlaceholderType());
7395 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
7396 Expr *op = OrigOp->IgnoreParens();
7398 if (S.getLangOptions().C99) {
7399 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
7400 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
7401 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
7402 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
7403 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
7404 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
7406 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
7407 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
7409 ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
7410 Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(S.Context);
7411 unsigned AddressOfError = AO_No_Error;
7413 if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
7414 bool sfinae = S.isSFINAEContext();
7415 S.Diag(OpLoc, sfinae ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
7416 : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
7417 << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
7420 } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) {
7421 return S.Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
7422 } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) {
7423 // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer.
7424 // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo.
7426 // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up.
7427 if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) {
7428 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
7429 << OrigOp->getSourceRange();
7432 DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op);
7433 CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
7435 // The id-expression was parenthesized.
7436 if (OrigOp != DRE) {
7437 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function)
7438 << OrigOp->getSourceRange();
7440 // The method was named without a qualifier.
7441 } else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) {
7442 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
7443 << op->getSourceRange();
7446 return S.Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
7447 S.Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
7448 } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
7450 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
7451 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
7452 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
7453 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
7454 << op->getSourceRange();
7457 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
7458 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
7459 AddressOfError = AO_Bit_Field;
7460 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) {
7461 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
7462 AddressOfError = AO_Vector_Element;
7463 } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
7464 // cannot take address of a property expression.
7465 AddressOfError = AO_Property_Expansion;
7466 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
7467 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
7468 // with the register storage-class specifier.
7469 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
7470 // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register
7471 // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3)
7472 if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register &&
7473 !S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7474 AddressOfError = AO_Register_Variable;
7476 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
7477 return S.Context.OverloadTy;
7478 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) {
7479 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
7480 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
7481 // scope qualifier for the class.
7482 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
7483 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
7484 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
7485 if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
7487 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
7488 << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType();
7492 while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
7493 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
7494 return S.Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
7495 S.Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
7498 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl) && !isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(dcl))
7499 llvm_unreachable("Unknown/unexpected decl type");
7502 if (AddressOfError != AO_No_Error) {
7503 diagnoseAddressOfInvalidType(S, OpLoc, op, AddressOfError);
7507 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
7508 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
7509 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
7510 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
7511 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
7514 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
7515 if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType())
7516 return S.Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType());
7517 return S.Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
7520 /// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*').
7521 static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK,
7522 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
7523 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
7524 return S.Context.DependentTy;
7526 ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
7527 if (ConvResult.isInvalid())
7529 Op = ConvResult.take();
7530 QualType OpTy = Op->getType();
7533 if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) {
7534 QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType();
7535 S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true,
7536 Op->getSourceRange());
7539 // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if OpTy
7540 // is an incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about
7541 // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a
7542 // warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes.
7543 if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>())
7544 Result = PT->getPointeeType();
7545 else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
7546 OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
7547 Result = OPT->getPointeeType();
7549 ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
7550 if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
7551 if (PR.take() != Op)
7552 return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.take(), VK, OpLoc);
7555 if (Result.isNull()) {
7556 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
7557 << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
7561 // Dereferences are usually l-values...
7564 // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C.
7565 if (!S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType())
7571 static inline BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
7572 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
7573 BinaryOperatorKind Opc;
7575 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown binop!");
7576 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break;
7577 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break;
7578 case tok::star: Opc = BO_Mul; break;
7579 case tok::slash: Opc = BO_Div; break;
7580 case tok::percent: Opc = BO_Rem; break;
7581 case tok::plus: Opc = BO_Add; break;
7582 case tok::minus: Opc = BO_Sub; break;
7583 case tok::lessless: Opc = BO_Shl; break;
7584 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BO_Shr; break;
7585 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BO_LE; break;
7586 case tok::less: Opc = BO_LT; break;
7587 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BO_GE; break;
7588 case tok::greater: Opc = BO_GT; break;
7589 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BO_NE; break;
7590 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BO_EQ; break;
7591 case tok::amp: Opc = BO_And; break;
7592 case tok::caret: Opc = BO_Xor; break;
7593 case tok::pipe: Opc = BO_Or; break;
7594 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BO_LAnd; break;
7595 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BO_LOr; break;
7596 case tok::equal: Opc = BO_Assign; break;
7597 case tok::starequal: Opc = BO_MulAssign; break;
7598 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BO_DivAssign; break;
7599 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BO_RemAssign; break;
7600 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BO_AddAssign; break;
7601 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BO_SubAssign; break;
7602 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break;
7603 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break;
7604 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BO_AndAssign; break;
7605 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BO_XorAssign; break;
7606 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BO_OrAssign; break;
7607 case tok::comma: Opc = BO_Comma; break;
7612 static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
7613 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
7614 UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
7616 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown unary op!");
7617 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UO_PreInc; break;
7618 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PreDec; break;
7619 case tok::amp: Opc = UO_AddrOf; break;
7620 case tok::star: Opc = UO_Deref; break;
7621 case tok::plus: Opc = UO_Plus; break;
7622 case tok::minus: Opc = UO_Minus; break;
7623 case tok::tilde: Opc = UO_Not; break;
7624 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UO_LNot; break;
7625 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UO_Real; break;
7626 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UO_Imag; break;
7627 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break;
7632 /// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself.
7633 /// This warning is only emitted for builtin assignment operations. It is also
7634 /// suppressed in the event of macro expansions.
7635 static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7636 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
7637 if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7639 if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID())
7641 LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7642 RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7643 const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
7644 const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
7645 if (!LHSDeclRef || !RHSDeclRef ||
7646 LHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() ||
7647 RHSDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID())
7649 const ValueDecl *LHSDecl =
7650 cast<ValueDecl>(LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
7651 const ValueDecl *RHSDecl =
7652 cast<ValueDecl>(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
7653 if (LHSDecl != RHSDecl)
7655 if (LHSDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified())
7657 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LHSDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>())
7658 if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified())
7661 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_assignment)
7662 << LHSDeclRef->getType()
7663 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange() << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
7666 /// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
7667 /// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
7668 /// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
7669 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
7670 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
7671 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7672 ExprResult LHS = Owned(LHSExpr), RHS = Owned(RHSExpr);
7673 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
7674 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
7675 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
7676 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
7677 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
7678 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
7680 // Check if a 'foo<int>' involved in a binary op, identifies a single
7681 // function unambiguously (i.e. an lvalue ala 13.4)
7682 // But since an assignment can trigger target based overload, exclude it in
7683 // our blind search. i.e:
7684 // template<class T> void f(); template<class T, class U> void f(U);
7685 // f<int> == 0; // resolve f<int> blindly
7686 // void (*p)(int); p = f<int>; // resolve f<int> using target
7687 if (Opc != BO_Assign) {
7688 ExprResult resolvedLHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
7689 if (!resolvedLHS.isUsable()) return ExprError();
7690 LHS = move(resolvedLHS);
7692 ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
7693 if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError();
7694 RHS = move(resolvedRHS);
7699 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, QualType());
7700 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
7701 LHS.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) {
7702 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
7703 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
7705 if (!ResultTy.isNull())
7706 DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), OpLoc);
7710 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(LHS, RHS, VK, OpLoc,
7715 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, false,
7719 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
7722 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
7725 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
7729 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
7735 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
7739 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, false);
7744 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
7748 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc);
7752 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true,
7753 Opc == BO_DivAssign);
7754 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
7755 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
7756 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
7759 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
7760 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
7761 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
7762 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
7765 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
7766 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
7767 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
7770 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
7771 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
7772 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
7776 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, Opc, true);
7777 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
7778 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
7779 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
7784 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(LHS, RHS, OpLoc, true);
7785 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
7786 if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !LHS.isInvalid() && !RHS.isInvalid())
7787 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(LHS.get(), RHS, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
7790 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, LHS, RHS, OpLoc);
7791 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !RHS.isInvalid()) {
7792 VK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
7793 OK = RHS.get()->getObjectKind();
7797 if (ResultTy.isNull() || LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
7800 // Check for array bounds violations for both sides of the BinaryOperator
7801 CheckArrayAccess(LHS.get());
7802 CheckArrayAccess(RHS.get());
7804 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
7805 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(LHS.take(), RHS.take(), Opc,
7806 ResultTy, VK, OK, OpLoc));
7807 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && LHS.get()->getObjectKind() !=
7810 OK = LHS.get()->getObjectKind();
7812 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(LHS.take(), RHS.take(), Opc,
7813 ResultTy, VK, OK, CompLHSTy,
7814 CompResultTy, OpLoc));
7817 /// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
7818 /// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
7819 /// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
7820 /// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
7821 static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
7822 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
7824 typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
7825 BinOp::Opcode LHSopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
7826 RHSopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
7827 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(LHSExpr))
7828 LHSopc = BO->getOpcode();
7829 if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(RHSExpr))
7830 RHSopc = BO->getOpcode();
7832 // Subs are not binary operators.
7833 if (LHSopc == -1 && RHSopc == -1)
7836 // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
7837 // Don't diagnose this.
7838 if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(LHSopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(LHSopc)) &&
7839 (BinOp::isComparisonOp(RHSopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(RHSopc)))
7842 bool isLeftComp = BinOp::isComparisonOp(LHSopc);
7843 bool isRightComp = BinOp::isComparisonOp(RHSopc);
7844 if (!isLeftComp && !isRightComp) return;
7846 SourceRange DiagRange = isLeftComp ? SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(),
7848 : SourceRange(OpLoc, RHSExpr->getLocEnd());
7849 std::string OpStr = isLeftComp ? BinOp::getOpcodeStr(LHSopc)
7850 : BinOp::getOpcodeStr(RHSopc);
7851 SourceRange ParensRange = isLeftComp ?
7852 SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(LHSExpr)->getRHS()->getLocStart(),
7853 RHSExpr->getLocEnd())
7854 : SourceRange(LHSExpr->getLocStart(),
7855 cast<BinOp>(RHSExpr)->getLHS()->getLocStart());
7857 Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
7858 << DiagRange << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << OpStr;
7859 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
7860 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence) << OpStr,
7861 RHSExpr->getSourceRange());
7862 SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
7863 Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
7867 /// \brief It accepts a '&' expr that is inside a '|' one.
7868 /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&' expression
7871 EmitDiagnosticForBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7872 BinaryOperator *Bop) {
7873 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_And);
7874 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_and_in_bitwise_or)
7875 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
7876 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
7877 Self.PDiag(diag::note_bitwise_and_in_bitwise_or_silence),
7878 Bop->getSourceRange());
7881 /// \brief It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one.
7882 /// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression
7885 EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7886 BinaryOperator *Bop) {
7887 assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd);
7888 Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or)
7889 << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
7890 SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
7891 Self.PDiag(diag::note_logical_and_in_logical_or_silence),
7892 Bop->getSourceRange());
7895 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
7897 static bool EvaluatesAsTrue(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
7899 return E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && Res;
7902 /// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
7904 static bool EvaluatesAsFalse(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
7906 return E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && !Res;
7909 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr.
7910 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7911 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7912 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSExpr)) {
7913 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
7914 // If it's "a && b || 0" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
7915 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, RHSExpr))
7917 // If it's "1 && a || b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
7918 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getLHS()))
7919 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
7920 } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
7921 if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) {
7922 // If it's "a || b && 1 || c" we didn't warn earlier for
7923 // "a || b && 1", but warn now.
7924 if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && EvaluatesAsTrue(S, RBop->getRHS()))
7925 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop);
7931 /// \brief Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr.
7932 static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7933 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7934 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(RHSExpr)) {
7935 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
7936 // If it's "0 || a && b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
7937 if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, LHSExpr))
7939 // If it's "a || b && 1" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
7940 if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getRHS()))
7941 return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
7946 /// \brief Look for '&' in the left or right hand of a '|' expr.
7947 static void DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7949 if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(OrArg)) {
7950 if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_And)
7951 return EmitDiagnosticForBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
7955 /// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
7957 static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
7958 SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *LHSExpr,
7960 // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
7961 if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
7962 DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
7964 // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3"
7965 if (Opc == BO_Or && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
7966 DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr);
7967 DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Self, OpLoc, RHSExpr);
7970 // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
7971 // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe.
7972 if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
7973 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
7974 DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
7978 // Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
7979 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
7980 tok::TokenKind Kind,
7981 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7982 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
7983 assert((LHSExpr != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
7984 assert((RHSExpr != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
7986 // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
7987 DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
7989 return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
7992 ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7993 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
7994 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr) {
7995 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
7996 bool UseBuiltinOperator;
7998 if (LHSExpr->isTypeDependent() || RHSExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
7999 UseBuiltinOperator = false;
8000 } else if (Opc == BO_Assign &&
8001 LHSExpr->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
8002 UseBuiltinOperator = true;
8004 UseBuiltinOperator = !LHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
8005 !RHSExpr->getType()->isOverloadableType();
8008 if (!UseBuiltinOperator) {
8009 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
8010 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
8011 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
8013 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
8014 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp
8015 = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
8016 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
8017 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, LHSExpr->getType(),
8018 RHSExpr->getType(), Functions);
8020 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
8021 // binary operation.
8022 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
8026 // Build a built-in binary operation.
8027 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, LHSExpr, RHSExpr);
8030 ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
8031 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
8033 ExprResult Input = Owned(InputExpr);
8034 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
8035 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
8036 QualType resultType;
8042 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc,
8049 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(*this, Input.get(), OpLoc);
8052 ExprResult resolved = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input.get());
8053 if (!resolved.isUsable()) return ExprError();
8054 Input = move(resolved);
8055 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.take());
8056 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc);
8061 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.take());
8062 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
8063 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
8064 if (resultType->isDependentType())
8066 if (resultType->isArithmeticType() || // C99 6.5.3.3p1
8067 resultType->isVectorType())
8069 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
8070 resultType->isEnumeralType())
8072 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
8074 resultType->isPointerType())
8076 else if (resultType->isPlaceholderType()) {
8077 Input = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input.take());
8078 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
8079 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input.take());
8082 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
8083 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
8085 case UO_Not: // bitwise complement
8086 Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.take());
8087 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
8088 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
8089 if (resultType->isDependentType())
8091 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
8092 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
8093 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
8094 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
8095 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange();
8096 else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
8098 else if (resultType->isPlaceholderType()) {
8099 Input = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input.take());
8100 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
8101 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input.take());
8103 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
8104 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
8108 case UO_LNot: // logical negation
8109 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
8110 Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.take());
8111 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
8112 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
8114 // Though we still have to promote half FP to float...
8115 if (resultType->isHalfType()) {
8116 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.take(), Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
8117 resultType = Context.FloatTy;
8120 if (resultType->isDependentType())
8122 if (resultType->isScalarType()) {
8123 // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough;
8124 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
8125 // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9:
8126 // operand contextually converted to bool.
8127 Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.take(), Context.BoolTy,
8128 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType));
8130 } else if (resultType->isPlaceholderType()) {
8131 Input = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input.take());
8132 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
8133 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input.take());
8135 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
8136 << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
8139 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
8140 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
8141 resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
8145 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real);
8146 // _Real and _Imag map ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values.
8147 if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
8148 if (Input.get()->getValueKind() != VK_RValue &&
8149 Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)
8150 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
8153 resultType = Input.get()->getType();
8154 VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
8155 OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind();
8158 if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid())
8161 // Check for array bounds violations in the operand of the UnaryOperator,
8162 // except for the '*' and '&' operators that have to be handled specially
8163 // by CheckArrayAccess (as there are special cases like &array[arraysize]
8164 // that are explicitly defined as valid by the standard).
8165 if (Opc != UO_AddrOf && Opc != UO_Deref)
8166 CheckArrayAccess(Input.get());
8168 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input.take(), Opc, resultType,
8172 ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8173 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input) {
8174 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
8175 UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None) {
8176 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
8177 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
8178 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
8180 UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
8181 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
8182 if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
8183 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
8186 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input);
8189 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
8192 // Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
8193 ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8194 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) {
8195 return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input);
8198 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
8199 ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
8200 LabelDecl *TheDecl) {
8202 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
8203 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl,
8204 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
8207 /// Given the last statement in a statement-expression, check whether
8208 /// the result is a producing expression (like a call to an
8209 /// ns_returns_retained function) and, if so, rebuild it to hoist the
8210 /// release out of the full-expression. Otherwise, return null.
8212 static Expr *maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(Stmt *Statement) {
8213 // Should always be wrapped with one of these.
8214 ExprWithCleanups *cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Statement);
8215 if (!cleanups) return 0;
8217 ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(cleanups->getSubExpr());
8218 if (!cast || cast->getCastKind() != CK_ARCConsumeObject)
8221 // Splice out the cast. This shouldn't modify any interesting
8222 // features of the statement.
8223 Expr *producer = cast->getSubExpr();
8224 assert(producer->getType() == cast->getType());
8225 assert(producer->getValueKind() == cast->getValueKind());
8226 cleanups->setSubExpr(producer);
8231 Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
8232 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
8233 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
8234 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
8237 = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
8239 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
8241 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
8242 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
8243 // More semantic analysis is needed.
8245 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
8246 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
8247 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
8248 bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false;
8249 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
8250 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
8251 LabelStmt *LastLabelStmt = 0;
8252 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
8253 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) {
8254 LastLabelStmt = Label;
8255 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
8258 if (Expr *LastE = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) {
8259 // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not
8260 // lvalue-to-rvalue. However, initialize an unqualified type.
8261 ExprResult LastExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LastE);
8262 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
8264 Ty = LastExpr.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
8266 if (!Ty->isDependentType() && !LastExpr.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
8267 // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice
8268 // the consume out and bind it later. In the alternate case
8269 // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result
8270 // initialization will create a produce. In both cases the
8271 // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with
8273 if (Expr *rebuiltLastStmt
8274 = maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(LastExpr.get())) {
8275 LastExpr = rebuiltLastStmt;
8277 LastExpr = PerformCopyInitialization(
8278 InitializedEntity::InitializeResult(LPLoc,
8285 if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
8287 if (LastExpr.get() != 0) {
8289 Compound->setLastStmt(LastExpr.take());
8291 LastLabelStmt->setSubStmt(LastExpr.take());
8292 StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true;
8298 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
8299 // expressions are not lvalues.
8300 Expr *ResStmtExpr = new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
8301 if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp)
8302 return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr);
8303 return Owned(ResStmtExpr);
8306 ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
8307 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8308 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
8309 unsigned NumComponents,
8310 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
8311 QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType();
8312 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
8313 SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
8315 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
8316 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
8317 // a struct/union/class.
8318 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
8319 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
8320 << ArgTy << TypeRange);
8322 // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
8323 // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed.
8325 && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy,
8326 PDiag(diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type)
8330 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
8331 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
8332 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
8334 if (NumComponents != 1)
8335 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
8336 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
8338 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
8339 QualType CurrentType = ArgTy;
8340 typedef OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode OffsetOfNode;
8341 SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps;
8342 SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs;
8343 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
8344 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
8345 if (OC.isBrackets) {
8346 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
8347 if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
8348 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType);
8350 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
8352 CurrentType = AT->getElementType();
8354 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
8356 // The expression must be an integral expression.
8357 // FIXME: An integral constant expression?
8358 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
8359 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() &&
8360 !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
8361 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
8362 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
8363 << Idx->getSourceRange());
8365 // Record this array index.
8366 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd));
8367 Exprs.push_back(Idx);
8371 // Offset of a field.
8372 if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
8373 // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent
8374 // type. Just record the identifier of the field.
8375 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd));
8376 CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
8380 // We need to have a complete type to look into.
8381 if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType,
8382 diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
8385 // Look for the designated field.
8386 const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
8388 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
8390 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
8392 // C++ [lib.support.types]p5:
8393 // The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this
8394 // International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union
8396 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
8397 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
8398 DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, 0,
8399 PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
8400 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
8402 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
8405 // Look for the field.
8406 LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
8407 LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
8408 FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
8409 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = 0;
8411 if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>()))
8412 MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField();
8416 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
8417 << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart,
8421 // (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
8423 // We diagnose this as an error.
8424 if (MemberDecl->isBitField()) {
8425 Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield)
8426 << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
8427 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
8428 Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl);
8432 RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent();
8433 if (IndirectMemberDecl)
8434 Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext());
8436 // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for
8437 // the base class indirections.
8438 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
8439 /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
8440 if (IsDerivedFrom(CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent), Paths)) {
8441 CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front();
8442 for (CXXBasePath::iterator B = Path.begin(), BEnd = Path.end();
8444 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B->Base));
8447 if (IndirectMemberDecl) {
8448 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator FI =
8449 IndirectMemberDecl->chain_begin(),
8450 FEnd = IndirectMemberDecl->chain_end(); FI != FEnd; FI++) {
8451 assert(isa<FieldDecl>(*FI));
8452 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart,
8453 cast<FieldDecl>(*FI), OC.LocEnd));
8456 Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd));
8458 CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType();
8461 return Owned(OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc,
8462 TInfo, Comps.data(), Comps.size(),
8463 Exprs.data(), Exprs.size(), RParenLoc));
8466 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
8467 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
8468 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
8469 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
8470 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
8471 unsigned NumComponents,
8472 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
8474 TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo;
8475 QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedArgTy, &ArgTInfo);
8480 ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc);
8482 return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, CompPtr, NumComponents,
8487 ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
8489 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
8490 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
8491 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
8493 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
8494 ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
8496 bool ValueDependent = false;
8497 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
8498 resType = Context.DependentTy;
8499 ValueDependent = true;
8501 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
8502 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
8503 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
8504 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
8505 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
8506 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
8507 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
8509 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
8510 Expr *ActiveExpr = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr;
8512 resType = ActiveExpr->getType();
8513 ValueDependent = ActiveExpr->isValueDependent();
8514 VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind();
8515 OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind();
8518 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
8519 resType, VK, OK, RPLoc,
8520 resType->isDependentType(),
8524 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8525 // Clang Extensions.
8526 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8528 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
8529 void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
8530 BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
8531 PushBlockScope(CurScope, Block);
8532 CurContext->addDecl(Block);
8534 PushDeclContext(CurScope, Block);
8539 void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
8540 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
8541 assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == Declarator::BlockLiteralContext);
8542 BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();
8544 TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
8545 QualType T = Sig->getType();
8547 // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block
8548 // literal signature. Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType
8549 // unless the function was written with a typedef.
8550 assert(T->isFunctionType() &&
8551 "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature");
8553 // Look for an explicit signature in that function type.
8554 FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature;
8556 TypeLoc tmp = Sig->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
8557 if (isa<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(tmp)) {
8558 ExplicitSignature = cast<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(tmp);
8560 // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by
8561 // GetTypeForDeclarator. If so, don't save that as part of the
8562 // written signature.
8563 if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() ==
8564 ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) {
8565 // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of
8567 TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getResultLoc();
8568 unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize();
8569 Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size);
8570 Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size);
8572 ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc();
8576 CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig);
8577 CurBlock->FunctionType = T;
8579 const FunctionType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
8580 QualType RetTy = Fn->getResultType();
8582 (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic());
8584 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic);
8586 // Don't allow returning a objc interface by value.
8587 if (RetTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
8588 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
8589 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
8593 // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block
8594 // return type. TODO: what should we do with declarators like:
8596 // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction"....
8597 if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy)
8598 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
8600 // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them.
8601 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params;
8602 if (ExplicitSignature) {
8603 for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) {
8604 ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getArg(I);
8605 if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
8606 !Param->isImplicit() &&
8607 !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
8608 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
8609 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
8610 Params.push_back(Param);
8613 // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like
8615 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
8616 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
8617 I = Fn->arg_type_begin(), E = Fn->arg_type_end(); I != E; ++I) {
8618 ParmVarDecl *Param =
8619 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(CurBlock->TheDecl,
8620 ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
8622 Params.push_back(Param);
8626 // Set the parameters on the block decl.
8627 if (!Params.empty()) {
8628 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params);
8629 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
8630 CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(),
8631 /*CheckParameterNames=*/false);
8634 // Finally we can process decl attributes.
8635 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
8637 if (!isVariadic && CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
8638 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
8639 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
8640 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
8643 // Put the parameter variables in scope. We can bail out immediately
8644 // if we don't have any.
8648 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
8649 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
8650 (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);
8652 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
8653 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
8654 CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);
8656 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
8661 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
8662 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
8663 void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
8664 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
8666 PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
8669 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
8670 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
8671 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
8672 Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) {
8673 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
8674 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
8675 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
8677 BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());
8681 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
8682 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
8683 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
8685 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
8688 // Set the captured variables on the block.
8689 BSI->TheDecl->setCaptures(Context, BSI->Captures.begin(), BSI->Captures.end(),
8690 BSI->CapturesCXXThis);
8692 // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that.
8693 if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) {
8694 const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->getAs<FunctionType>();
8696 FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo();
8697 if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true);
8699 // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types.
8700 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) {
8701 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
8703 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, EPI);
8705 // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type,
8706 // preserve its sugar structure.
8707 } else if (FTy->getResultType() == RetTy &&
8708 (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) {
8709 BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType;
8711 // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type.
8713 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy);
8714 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
8715 EPI.TypeQuals = 0; // FIXME: silently?
8717 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy,
8718 FPT->arg_type_begin(),
8723 // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing.
8725 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
8726 EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn);
8727 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, EPI);
8730 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->TheDecl->param_begin(),
8731 BSI->TheDecl->param_end());
8732 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
8734 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
8735 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
8736 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
8737 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
8739 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));
8741 for (BlockDecl::capture_const_iterator ci = BSI->TheDecl->capture_begin(),
8742 ce = BSI->TheDecl->capture_end(); ci != ce; ++ci) {
8743 const VarDecl *variable = ci->getVariable();
8744 QualType T = variable->getType();
8745 QualType::DestructionKind destructKind = T.isDestructedType();
8746 if (destructKind != QualType::DK_none)
8747 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8750 computeNRVO(Body, getCurBlock());
8752 BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
8753 const AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
8754 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(&WP, Result->getBlockDecl(), Result);
8756 return Owned(Result);
8759 ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
8760 Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
8761 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
8762 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
8763 GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
8764 return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc);
8767 ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
8768 Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8769 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
8772 // Get the va_list type
8773 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
8774 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
8775 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
8776 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
8777 // a pointer for va_arg.
8778 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
8779 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
8780 ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
8781 if (Result.isInvalid())
8785 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
8786 // it is modified by va_arg.
8787 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
8788 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
8792 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
8793 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
8794 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
8795 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
8796 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
8799 if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8800 if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(),
8801 PDiag(diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete)
8802 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()))
8805 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
8807 PDiag(diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract)
8808 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()))
8811 if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context)) {
8812 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
8813 TInfo->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType()
8814 ? diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_ownership_qualified
8815 : diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod)
8817 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
8820 // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted
8821 // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior).
8822 QualType PromoteType;
8823 if (TInfo->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
8824 PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType());
8825 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, TInfo->getType()))
8826 PromoteType = QualType();
8828 if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
8829 PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy;
8830 if (!PromoteType.isNull())
8831 Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
8832 diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible)
8835 << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
8838 QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
8839 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T));
8842 ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
8843 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
8844 // pointers on the target.
8846 unsigned pw = Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0);
8847 if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth())
8849 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())
8850 Ty = Context.LongTy;
8851 else if (pw == Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth())
8852 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
8854 llvm_unreachable("I don't know size of pointer!");
8857 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
8860 static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType,
8861 Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) {
8862 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
8865 const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
8869 // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
8870 if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
8871 // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
8872 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
8873 if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
8877 // Strip off any parens and casts.
8878 StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
8879 if (!SL || !SL->isAscii())
8882 Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
8885 bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
8887 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
8888 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
8891 *Complained = false;
8893 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
8894 bool CheckInferredResultType = false;
8895 bool isInvalid = false;
8898 ConversionFixItGenerator ConvHints;
8899 bool MayHaveConvFixit = false;
8902 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown conversion type");
8903 case Compatible: return false;
8905 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
8906 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
8907 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
8910 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
8911 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
8912 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
8914 case IncompatiblePointer:
8915 MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
8916 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
8917 CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8918 SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType();
8919 if (Hint.isNull() && !CheckInferredResultType) {
8920 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
8922 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
8924 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
8925 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
8927 case FunctionVoidPointer:
8928 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
8930 case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: {
8931 // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary.
8932 if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType);
8934 Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
8935 Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
8936 if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) {
8937 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space;
8941 } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) {
8942 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership;
8946 llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!");
8949 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
8950 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
8951 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
8952 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
8953 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
8954 // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
8955 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
8956 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
8957 // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for
8959 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
8960 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
8962 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
8964 case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
8965 DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
8967 case IntToBlockPointer:
8968 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
8970 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
8971 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
8973 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
8974 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
8975 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
8976 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
8978 case IncompatibleVectors:
8979 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
8981 case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef:
8982 DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign;
8985 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
8986 ConvHints.tryToFixConversion(SrcExpr, SrcType, DstType, *this);
8987 MayHaveConvFixit = true;
8992 QualType FirstType, SecondType;
8995 case AA_Initializing:
8996 // The destination type comes first.
8997 FirstType = DstType;
8998 SecondType = SrcType;
9006 // The source type comes first.
9007 FirstType = SrcType;
9008 SecondType = DstType;
9012 PartialDiagnostic FDiag = PDiag(DiagKind);
9013 FDiag << FirstType << SecondType << Action << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
9015 // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts.
9016 assert(ConvHints.isNull() || Hint.isNull());
9017 if (!ConvHints.isNull()) {
9018 for (llvm::SmallVector<FixItHint, 1>::iterator
9019 HI = ConvHints.Hints.begin(), HE = ConvHints.Hints.end();
9025 if (MayHaveConvFixit) { FDiag << (unsigned) (ConvHints.Kind); }
9029 if (CheckInferredResultType)
9030 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr);
9037 bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
9038 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
9039 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
9041 *Result = ICEResult;
9045 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
9047 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
9048 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
9049 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
9051 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
9052 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
9053 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
9054 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
9055 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
9056 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
9062 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
9063 E->getSourceRange();
9065 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
9066 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice, EvalResult.DiagLoc)
9067 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
9068 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
9071 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
9076 Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
9077 ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
9078 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext,
9079 ExprTemporaries.size(),
9080 ExprNeedsCleanups));
9081 ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
9084 void Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
9085 // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
9086 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
9087 ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();
9089 if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
9090 if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
9091 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
9092 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
9093 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
9094 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
9095 I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
9096 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
9098 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
9101 if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
9102 // Emit any pending diagnostics.
9103 for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
9104 I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
9105 IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
9107 Diag(I->first, I->second);
9111 // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
9112 // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
9113 // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
9114 // will never be constructed.
9115 if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated) {
9116 ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
9117 ExprTemporaries.end());
9118 ExprNeedsCleanups = Rec.ParentNeedsCleanups;
9120 // Otherwise, merge the contexts together.
9122 ExprNeedsCleanups |= Rec.ParentNeedsCleanups;
9125 // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
9129 void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() {
9130 ExprTemporaries.erase(
9131 ExprTemporaries.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTemporaries,
9132 ExprTemporaries.end());
9133 ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
9136 /// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
9138 /// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
9139 /// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
9140 /// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
9141 /// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
9143 /// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
9145 /// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
9146 void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
9147 assert(D && "No declaration?");
9151 if (D->isUsed(false))
9154 // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether
9155 // we're in a template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated
9156 // expressions (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes
9157 // (-Wunused-variables and -Wunused-parameters)
9158 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
9159 (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) {
9164 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
9167 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
9168 // an instantiation.
9169 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
9172 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
9174 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
9177 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
9178 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
9179 // "used"; handle this below.
9182 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
9183 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
9184 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
9185 // potentially evaluated.
9186 ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
9189 case PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
9190 // Referenced declarations will only be used if the construct in the
9191 // containing expression is used.
9195 // Note that this declaration has been used.
9196 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
9197 if (Constructor->isDefaulted()) {
9198 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
9199 if (Constructor->isTrivial())
9201 if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
9202 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
9203 } else if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) {
9204 if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
9205 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
9206 } else if (Constructor->isMoveConstructor()) {
9207 if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
9208 DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
9212 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Constructor->getParent());
9213 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
9214 if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isUsed(false))
9215 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
9216 if (Destructor->isVirtual())
9217 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent());
9218 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
9219 if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
9220 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
9221 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed(false)) {
9222 if (MethodDecl->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
9223 DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
9225 DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
9227 } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual())
9228 MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent());
9230 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
9231 // Recursive functions should be marked when used from another function.
9232 if (CurContext == Function) return;
9234 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
9236 if (Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
9237 bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
9238 if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
9239 = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
9240 if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
9241 SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
9242 else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
9243 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
9244 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
9245 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
9246 = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
9247 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
9248 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
9249 else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
9250 == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
9251 AlreadyInstantiated = true;
9254 if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
9255 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
9256 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
9257 PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
9260 PendingInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
9263 // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable.
9264 for (FunctionDecl::redecl_iterator i(Function->redecls_begin()),
9265 e(Function->redecls_end()); i != e; ++i) {
9266 if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable())
9267 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *i);
9271 // Keep track of used but undefined functions.
9272 if (!Function->isPure() && !Function->hasBody() &&
9273 Function->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) {
9274 SourceLocation &old = UndefinedInternals[Function->getCanonicalDecl()];
9275 if (old.isInvalid()) old = Loc;
9278 Function->setUsed(true);
9282 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
9283 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
9284 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
9285 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
9286 MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
9287 assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
9288 if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
9289 MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
9290 MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
9291 // This is a modification of an existing AST node. Notify listeners.
9292 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener())
9293 L->StaticDataMemberInstantiated(Var);
9294 PendingInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
9298 // Keep track of used but undefined variables. We make a hole in
9299 // the warning for static const data members with in-line
9301 if (Var->hasDefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly
9302 && Var->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage
9303 && !(Var->isStaticDataMember() && Var->hasInit())) {
9304 SourceLocation &old = UndefinedInternals[Var->getCanonicalDecl()];
9305 if (old.isInvalid()) old = Loc;
9314 // Mark all of the declarations referenced
9315 // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding
9316 // of when we're entering
9317 class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> {
9322 typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited;
9324 MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { }
9326 bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg);
9327 bool TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T);
9331 bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument(
9332 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
9333 if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) {
9334 S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Arg.getAsDecl());
9337 return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg);
9340 bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T) {
9341 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
9342 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(T->getDecl())) {
9343 const TemplateArgumentList &Args = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
9344 return TraverseTemplateArguments(Args.data(), Args.size());
9350 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
9351 MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc);
9352 Marker.TraverseType(Context.getCanonicalType(T));
9356 /// \brief Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by
9357 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
9358 class EvaluatedExprMarker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> {
9362 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited;
9364 explicit EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S) : Inherited(S.Context), S(S) { }
9366 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
9367 S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocation(), E->getDecl());
9370 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
9371 S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getMemberLoc(), E->getMemberDecl());
9372 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
9375 void VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) {
9376 if (E->getConstructor())
9377 S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getConstructor());
9378 if (E->getOperatorNew())
9379 S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorNew());
9380 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
9381 S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
9382 Inherited::VisitCXXNewExpr(E);
9385 void VisitCXXDeleteExpr(CXXDeleteExpr *E) {
9386 if (E->getOperatorDelete())
9387 S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
9388 QualType Destroyed = S.Context.getBaseElementType(E->getDestroyedType());
9389 if (const RecordType *DestroyedRec = Destroyed->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9390 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DestroyedRec->getDecl());
9391 S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
9392 S.LookupDestructor(Record));
9395 Inherited::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(E);
9398 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
9399 S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getConstructor());
9400 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
9403 void VisitBlockDeclRefExpr(BlockDeclRefExpr *E) {
9404 S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocation(), E->getDecl());
9407 void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) {
9408 Visit(E->getExpr());
9413 /// \brief Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any
9414 /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
9415 void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E) {
9416 EvaluatedExprMarker(*this).Visit(E);
9419 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
9420 /// of the program being compiled.
9422 /// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
9423 /// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
9424 /// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
9425 /// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
9426 /// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
9427 /// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
9428 /// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
9431 /// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
9432 /// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
9433 /// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
9434 /// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
9435 bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
9436 const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
9437 switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
9439 // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
9442 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
9443 case PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
9444 if (Statement && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
9445 FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags.
9446 push_back(sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, Statement));
9453 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
9454 ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
9461 bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
9462 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
9463 if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
9466 PartialDiagnostic Note =
9467 FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
9468 << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
9469 SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();
9471 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
9473 PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
9474 << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
9475 PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
9476 << CE->getSourceRange(),
9477 std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
9483 // Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses
9484 // will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
9485 void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
9488 unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
9489 bool IsOrAssign = false;
9491 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9492 if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign)
9495 IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign;
9497 // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
9498 if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
9499 = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
9500 Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();
9502 // self = [<foo> init...]
9503 if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && Sel.getNameForSlot(0).startswith("init"))
9504 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
9506 // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
9507 else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject")
9508 diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
9511 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
9512 } else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
9513 if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual)
9516 IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual;
9517 Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
9519 // Not an assignment.
9523 Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();
9525 SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
9526 SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
9527 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
9528 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
9529 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");
9532 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison)
9533 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!=");
9535 Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
9536 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
9539 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
9540 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
9541 void Sema::DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE) {
9542 // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro.
9543 SourceLocation parenLoc = ParenE->getLocStart();
9544 if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID())
9546 // Don't warn for dependent expressions.
9547 if (ParenE->isTypeDependent())
9550 Expr *E = ParenE->IgnoreParens();
9552 if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
9553 if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ &&
9554 opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context)
9555 == Expr::MLV_Valid) {
9556 SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc();
9558 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange();
9559 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence)
9560 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenE->getSourceRange().getBegin())
9561 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenE->getSourceRange().getEnd());
9562 Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign)
9563 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=");
9567 ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
9568 DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
9569 if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
9570 DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE);
9572 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
9573 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9576 if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
9577 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9578 return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E); // C++ 6.4p4
9580 ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
9581 if (ERes.isInvalid())
9585 QualType T = E->getType();
9586 if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
9587 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
9588 << T << E->getSourceRange();
9596 ExprResult Sema::ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
9601 return CheckBooleanCondition(SubExpr, Loc);
9605 /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression
9606 /// to have an appropriate type.
9607 struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction
9608 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> {
9612 RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {}
9614 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
9615 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
9619 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
9620 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call)
9621 << E->getSourceRange();
9625 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
9626 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
9627 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
9628 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
9629 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9631 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.take();
9632 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
9633 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
9634 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
9635 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
9639 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
9640 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
9643 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
9644 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
9647 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
9648 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
9649 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9651 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.take();
9652 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
9653 E->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()));
9654 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
9655 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
9659 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
9660 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) return VisitExpr(E);
9662 E->setType(VD->getType());
9664 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
9665 if (S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
9666 !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(VD) &&
9667 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isInstance()))
9668 E->setValueKind(VK_LValue);
9673 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
9674 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
9677 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
9678 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
9683 /// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
9684 /// to have a function type.
9685 static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *FunctionExpr) {
9686 ExprResult Result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(FunctionExpr);
9687 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9688 return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Result.take());
9692 /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype
9693 /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring
9694 /// expression. Strict preservation of the original source
9695 /// structure is not a goal.
9696 struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr
9697 : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> {
9701 /// The current destination type.
9704 RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType CastType)
9705 : S(S), DestType(CastType) {}
9707 ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
9708 llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
9712 ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *E) {
9713 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
9714 << E->getSourceRange();
9718 ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E);
9719 ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E);
9721 /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
9722 /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
9723 template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *E) {
9724 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
9725 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9726 Expr *SubExpr = SubResult.take();
9727 E->setSubExpr(SubExpr);
9728 E->setType(SubExpr->getType());
9729 E->setValueKind(SubExpr->getValueKind());
9730 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
9734 ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *E) {
9735 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
9738 ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *E) {
9739 return rebuildSugarExpr(E);
9742 ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *E) {
9743 const PointerType *Ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>();
9745 S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof)
9746 << E->getSourceRange();
9749 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
9750 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
9751 E->setType(DestType);
9753 // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type.
9754 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
9755 ExprResult SubResult = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
9756 if (SubResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9757 E->setSubExpr(SubResult.take());
9761 ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E);
9763 ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD);
9765 ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
9766 return resolveDecl(E, E->getMemberDecl());
9769 ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
9770 return resolveDecl(E, E->getDecl());
9775 /// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype.
9776 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
9777 Expr *CalleeExpr = E->getCallee();
9786 QualType CalleeType = CalleeExpr->getType();
9787 if (CalleeType == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) {
9788 assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E));
9789 Kind = FK_MemberFunction;
9790 CalleeType = Expr::findBoundMemberType(CalleeExpr);
9791 } else if (const PointerType *Ptr = CalleeType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
9792 CalleeType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
9793 Kind = FK_FunctionPointer;
9795 CalleeType = CalleeType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
9796 Kind = FK_BlockPointer;
9798 const FunctionType *FnType = CalleeType->castAs<FunctionType>();
9800 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function.
9801 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
9802 unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function;
9803 if (Kind == FK_BlockPointer)
9804 diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function;
9806 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diagID)
9807 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
9811 // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result.
9812 E->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context));
9813 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
9814 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
9816 // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType.
9817 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnType))
9818 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType,
9819 Proto->arg_type_begin(),
9820 Proto->getNumArgs(),
9821 Proto->getExtProtoInfo());
9823 DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType,
9824 FnType->getExtInfo());
9826 // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type.
9828 case FK_MemberFunction:
9832 case FK_FunctionPointer:
9833 DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType);
9836 case FK_BlockPointer:
9837 DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType);
9841 // Finally, we can recurse.
9842 ExprResult CalleeResult = Visit(CalleeExpr);
9843 if (!CalleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError();
9844 E->setCallee(CalleeResult.take());
9846 // Bind a temporary if necessary.
9847 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
9850 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {
9851 // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call.
9852 if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
9853 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function)
9854 << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
9858 // Rewrite the method result type if available.
9859 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = E->getMethodDecl()) {
9860 assert(Method->getResultType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy);
9861 Method->setResultType(DestType);
9864 // Change the type of the message.
9865 E->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType());
9866 E->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
9868 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
9871 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
9872 // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay.
9873 assert(E->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
9874 assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
9875 assert(E->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
9877 E->setType(DestType);
9879 // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type.
9880 DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
9882 ExprResult Result = Visit(E->getSubExpr());
9883 if (!Result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
9885 E->setSubExpr(Result.take());
9889 ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *E, ValueDecl *VD) {
9890 ExprValueKind ValueKind = VK_LValue;
9891 QualType Type = DestType;
9893 // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls:
9896 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)) {
9897 if (const PointerType *Ptr = Type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
9898 DestType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
9899 ExprResult Result = resolveDecl(E, VD);
9900 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
9901 return S.ImpCastExprToType(Result.take(), Type,
9902 CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, VK_RValue);
9905 if (!Type->isFunctionType()) {
9906 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_function)
9907 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
9911 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9912 if (MD->isInstance()) {
9913 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
9914 Type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy;
9917 // Function references aren't l-values in C.
9918 if (!S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
9919 ValueKind = VK_RValue;
9922 } else if (isa<VarDecl>(VD)) {
9923 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
9924 Type = RefTy->getPointeeType();
9925 } else if (Type->isFunctionType()) {
9926 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type)
9927 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
9933 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl)
9934 << VD << E->getSourceRange();
9938 VD->setType(DestType);
9940 E->setValueKind(ValueKind);
9944 /// Check a cast of an unknown-any type. We intentionally only
9945 /// trigger this for C-style casts.
9946 ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
9947 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
9948 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path) {
9949 // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch.
9950 ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, CastType).Visit(CastExpr);
9951 if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();
9953 CastExpr = result.take();
9954 VK = CastExpr->getValueKind();
9960 static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
9962 unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any;
9964 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9965 if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
9966 E = call->getCallee();
9967 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
9975 if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
9976 loc = ref->getLocation();
9978 } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
9979 loc = mem->getMemberLoc();
9980 d = mem->getMemberDecl();
9981 } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
9982 diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
9983 loc = msg->getSelectorStartLoc();
9984 d = msg->getMethodDecl();
9986 S.Diag(loc, diag::err_uncasted_send_to_unknown_any_method)
9987 << static_cast<unsigned>(msg->isClassMessage()) << msg->getSelector()
9988 << orig->getSourceRange();
9992 S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
9993 << E->getSourceRange();
9997 S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange();
9999 // Never recoverable.
10000 return ExprError();
10003 /// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found.
10004 /// Returns true if there was an error and no recovery was possible.
10005 ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) {
10006 // Placeholder types are always *exactly* the appropriate builtin type.
10007 QualType type = E->getType();
10009 // Overloaded expressions.
10010 if (type == Context.OverloadTy) {
10011 // Try to resolve a single function template specialization.
10012 // This is obligatory.
10013 ExprResult result = Owned(E);
10014 if (ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(result, false)) {
10017 // If that failed, try to recover with a call.
10019 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PDiag(diag::err_ovl_unresolvable),
10020 /*complain*/ true);
10025 // Bound member functions.
10026 if (type == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
10027 ExprResult result = Owned(E);
10028 tryToRecoverWithCall(result, PDiag(diag::err_bound_member_function),
10029 /*complain*/ true);
10033 // Expressions of unknown type.
10034 if (type == Context.UnknownAnyTy)
10035 return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E);
10037 assert(!type->isPlaceholderType());
10041 bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E) {
10042 if (E->isTypeDependent())
10044 if (E->isValueDependent() || E->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context))
10045 return E->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType();